1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
52 \use_default_options false
57 \font_typewriter default
58 \font_default_family default
68 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
69 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
73 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
74 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
75 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
212 pt type, left justified, 5
213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
221 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
225 \begin_layout Standard
226 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
239 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
243 \begin_layout Standard
245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
256 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
257 the format of all of the manuals.
258 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
259 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
276 \begin_layout Section
280 \begin_layout Standard
281 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
283 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
284 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
286 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 arg "command-execute"
307 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
310 \begin_layout Standard
311 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
312 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
313 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
315 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
316 only a vertical scrollbar.
317 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
318 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
319 This, however, is due
320 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
321 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
322 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
323 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
325 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
326 this doesn't work for equations yet.
329 \begin_layout Standard
330 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
338 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
343 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
344 ing sections of this documentation.
347 \begin_layout Section
351 \begin_layout Standard
352 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
357 of the manuals from inside LyX.
358 Just select the manual you want read from the
365 \begin_layout Section
367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
369 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
376 \begin_layout Standard
377 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
378 without resorting to configuration files.
379 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
380 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
381 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
396 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
397 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
402 \begin_inset space \space{}
405 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
406 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
408 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
416 Reconfiguration of LyX
421 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
424 \begin_layout Section
426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
428 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
435 \begin_layout Standard
436 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
437 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
460 that will be created when using the menu
462 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
481 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
482 \begin_inset Note Note
485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
486 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
494 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
495 More about TeX Code is described in section
500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
502 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
506 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
513 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
527 Reconfiguration of LyX
535 \begin_layout Chapter
539 \begin_layout Section
540 Basic File Operations
544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
553 \begin_layout Standard
558 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
559 in addition to some more advanced operations:
562 \begin_layout Itemize
566 \begin_inset Graphics
567 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
568 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
575 \begin_layout Itemize
593 \begin_layout Itemize
599 \begin_inset Graphics
600 filename ../images/file-open.png
601 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
608 \begin_layout Itemize
614 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_inset Graphics
621 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
622 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
629 \begin_layout Itemize
639 \begin_layout Itemize
653 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 \begin_inset Graphics
682 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
683 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
690 \begin_layout Itemize
696 \begin_layout Standard
697 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
698 a few minor differences.
701 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
716 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
717 you for a template to use.
718 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
719 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
720 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
728 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
735 \begin_layout Standard
737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
760 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
761 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
764 \begin_layout Standard
785 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
790 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
815 will reload the document from disk.
816 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
817 and want to restore it to the last save.
826 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
827 can identify them as your changes.
830 \begin_layout Section
831 Basic Editing Features
835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
844 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
851 \begin_layout Standard
852 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
853 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
854 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
855 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
857 We'll start with cut and paste.
860 \begin_layout Standard
861 As you might expect, the
865 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
866 various other editing features.
867 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
871 \begin_layout Itemize
877 \begin_inset Graphics
878 filename ../images/cut.png
879 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
886 \begin_layout Itemize
892 \begin_inset Graphics
893 filename ../images/copy.png
894 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
901 \begin_layout Itemize
907 \begin_inset Graphics
908 filename ../images/paste.png
909 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
916 \begin_layout Itemize
926 \begin_layout Itemize
936 \begin_layout Itemize
950 \begin_inset Graphics
951 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
952 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
960 \begin_layout Standard
961 The first three are self-explanatory.
962 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
963 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
972 keys also functions as the
977 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
978 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
983 to get back the lost text.
986 \begin_layout Standard
990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
996 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1000 \begin_inset space ~
1005 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1008 \begin_layout Standard
1011 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1016 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1018 \begin_inset space ~
1022 \begin_inset space ~
1027 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1033 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1037 \begin_inset space ~
1042 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1043 will start a new paragraph.
1046 \begin_layout Standard
1050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1068 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1070 \begin_inset space ~
1074 \begin_inset space ~
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1086 \begin_inset space ~
1092 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1097 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1114 button to skip the current word.
1118 \begin_inset space ~
1123 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1127 \begin_inset space ~
1132 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1134 If the toggle is set, searching for
1135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1146 will not match the word
1147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1161 Match whole words only
1163 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1194 \begin_layout Standard
1195 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1196 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1198 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1203 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1210 \begin_layout Section
1215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1234 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1241 \begin_layout Standard
1242 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1243 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1246 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1249 or the toolbar button
1250 \begin_inset Graphics
1251 filename ../images/undo.png
1252 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1256 to undo some mistake.
1257 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1259 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1262 or the toolbar button
1263 \begin_inset Graphics
1264 filename ../images/redo.png
1265 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1277 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1281 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1284 \begin_layout Standard
1285 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1294 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1295 This is a consequence of the 100
1296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1299 step undo limit, above.
1302 \begin_layout Standard
1311 work on almost everything in LyX.
1312 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1316 \begin_layout Section
1321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1330 \begin_layout Standard
1331 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1334 \begin_layout Enumerate
1339 \begin_layout Itemize
1344 once anywhere in the edit window.
1345 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1349 \begin_layout Enumerate
1354 \begin_layout Itemize
1360 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1363 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1366 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1369 \begin_layout Itemize
1370 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1372 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1379 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1384 \begin_layout Standard
1385 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1386 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1387 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1391 \begin_layout Enumerate
1396 \begin_layout Standard
1401 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1406 \begin_layout Section
1408 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1410 name "sec:Navigating"
1418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1427 \begin_layout Standard
1428 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1431 \begin_layout Itemize
1436 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1437 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1440 \begin_layout Itemize
1443 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1446 or the toolbar button
1447 \begin_inset Graphics
1448 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1449 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1456 \begin_layout Standard
1457 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1458 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1459 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1465 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1470 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1471 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1472 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1473 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1474 to the document, see
1475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1477 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1486 option sorts the current list, and the
1490 option keeps it in the current view state.
1491 Keeping means that when you have e.
1492 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1496 \begin_inset space \space{}
1499 the subsections of section
1500 \begin_inset space ~
1503 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1504 \begin_inset space ~
1507 3, the subsections of section
1508 \begin_inset space ~
1511 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1516 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1517 \begin_inset space ~
1523 \begin_layout Standard
1525 \begin_inset space \space{}
1529 \begin_inset Graphics
1530 filename ../images/down.png
1531 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1536 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1541 \begin_inset space \space{}
1545 \begin_inset Graphics
1546 filename ../images/up.png
1547 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1552 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1556 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1558 So you can for example move section
1559 \begin_inset space ~
1563 \begin_inset space ~
1567 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1569 \begin_inset Graphics
1570 filename ../images/promote.png
1571 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1576 \begin_inset Graphics
1577 filename ../images/demote.png
1578 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1582 or the corresponding key bindings
1590 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1591 So you can for example make section
1592 \begin_inset space ~
1596 \begin_inset space ~
1600 \begin_inset space ~
1606 \begin_layout Section
1611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1684 \begin_layout Standard
1685 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1686 LyX's default is CUA.
1689 \begin_layout Standard
1693 \begin_inset space ~
1701 \begin_inset space ~
1722 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1726 \begin_layout Labeling
1727 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1731 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1732 LatexCommand nomenclature
1734 description "Tabulator key"
1740 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1741 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1742 \begin_inset space ~
1746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1748 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1755 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1759 , especially section
1760 \begin_inset space ~
1764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1766 reference "sub:Lists"
1772 If you're still confused, look in the
1779 \begin_layout Labeling
1780 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1784 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1785 LatexCommand nomenclature
1787 description "Escape key"
1794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1801 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1802 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1805 \begin_layout Labeling
1806 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1812 \begin_inset space ~
1816 \begin_inset space ~
1823 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1824 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1828 \begin_layout Standard
1829 There are three modifier keys:
1832 \begin_layout Labeling
1833 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1851 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1852 LatexCommand nomenclature
1854 description "Control key"
1858 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1859 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1863 \begin_layout Itemize
1872 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1875 \begin_layout Itemize
1884 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1887 \begin_layout Itemize
1896 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1900 \begin_layout Labeling
1901 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1919 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1920 LatexCommand nomenclature
1922 description "Shift key"
1926 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1927 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1930 \begin_layout Labeling
1931 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1949 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1950 LatexCommand nomenclature
1952 description "Alt or Meta key"
1956 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1957 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1958 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1964 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1966 menu accelerator keys
1969 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1970 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1974 \begin_layout Standard
1975 For example, the sequence
1976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1982 \begin_inset space ~
1986 \begin_inset space ~
1992 \begin_inset space ~
2000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2023 \begin_inset space ~
2029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2039 \begin_layout Standard
2040 There are also other things bound to the
2044 key, but you'll have to check in the
2056 \begin_layout Standard
2057 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2058 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2059 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2060 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2061 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2062 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2063 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2064 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2080 followed by a capital
2087 \begin_layout Standard
2088 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2090 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2095 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2098 as explained in sec.
2099 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2105 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2110 \begin_inset Formula \[
2118 \begin_layout Chapter
2123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2132 \begin_layout Section
2137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2146 \begin_layout Subsection
2150 \begin_layout Standard
2151 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2152 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2153 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2154 numbering schemes, and so on.
2155 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2156 and format the title of your document differently.
2159 \begin_layout Standard
2164 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2165 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2166 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2167 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2168 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2171 \begin_layout Standard
2172 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2173 how to adjust their properties.
2176 \begin_layout Subsection
2181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2188 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2190 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2197 \begin_layout Standard
2198 You can select a class using the
2200 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2214 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2218 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2222 \begin_layout Standard
2223 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2227 \begin_layout Description
2228 Article for basic articles
2231 \begin_layout Description
2232 Report for basic reports
2235 \begin_layout Description
2236 Book for writing a book
2239 \begin_layout Description
2240 Letter for US-style letters
2243 \begin_layout Standard
2244 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2246 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2247 can be found in chapter
2249 Special Document Classes
2258 \begin_layout Description
2259 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2262 \begin_layout Description
2269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2278 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2282 \begin_layout Description
2283 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2284 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2285 There are three article layouts available.
2286 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2287 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2288 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2289 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2294 sequential numbering
2295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2298 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2299 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2300 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2301 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2304 \begin_layout Description
2305 Beamer Layout for presentations
2308 \begin_layout Description
2309 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2310 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2314 \begin_layout Description
2316 \begin_inset space ~
2319 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2322 \begin_layout Description
2323 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2326 \begin_layout Description
2329 Die TeXnische Komödie
2331 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2334 \begin_layout Description
2335 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2338 \begin_layout Description
2339 Foils Used to make transparencies
2342 \begin_layout Description
2343 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2346 \begin_layout Description
2347 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2348 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2352 \begin_layout Description
2353 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2354 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2357 \begin_layout Description
2358 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2361 \begin_layout Description
2362 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2365 \begin_layout Description
2366 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2367 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2370 \begin_layout Description
2371 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2374 \begin_layout Description
2379 LaTeX document class
2382 \begin_layout Description
2383 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2386 \begin_layout Description
2391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2398 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2399 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2401 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2404 \begin_layout Description
2405 Slides Used to make transparencies
2408 \begin_layout Description
2410 \begin_inset space ~
2413 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2414 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2417 \begin_layout Description
2418 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2421 \begin_layout Description
2426 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2429 \begin_layout Standard
2430 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2432 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2437 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2438 of the document classes.
2441 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2443 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2462 \begin_layout Standard
2463 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2464 in the chosen document class.
2465 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2467 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2468 the corresponding module in the
2474 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2488 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2492 \begin_layout Standard
2493 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2501 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2502 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2510 \begin_layout Standard
2511 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2519 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2527 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2531 \begin_layout Standard
2532 Each class has a default set of options.
2533 Here's a quick table describing them:
2536 \begin_layout Standard
2537 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2543 \begin_layout Standard
2545 \begin_inset Tabular
2546 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2548 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2549 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2550 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2551 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2552 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3006 \begin_layout Standard
3007 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3013 \begin_layout Standard
3014 You're probably also wondering what
3015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3019 \begin_inset space ~
3023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3027 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3028 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3033 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3038 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3048 headings, there are also
3056 headings, and so on.
3057 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3058 \begin_inset space ~
3062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3064 reference "sub:Headings"
3071 \begin_layout Subsection
3073 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3075 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3104 \begin_layout Standard
3105 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3107 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3118 \begin_inset space ~
3123 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3125 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3126 to use for your document.
3127 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3131 \begin_layout Standard
3138 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3144 \begin_inset space ~
3149 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3150 You can choose between the following five options:
3153 \begin_layout Labeling
3154 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3159 Use default page style of current class.
3162 \begin_layout Labeling
3163 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3168 No page numbers or headings.
3171 \begin_layout Labeling
3172 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3180 \begin_layout Labeling
3181 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3186 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3187 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3188 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3191 \begin_layout Labeling
3192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3197 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3207 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3213 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3214 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3216 Check the documentation for the
3220 package for more details,
3221 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3230 \begin_layout Standard
3235 of paragraphs is described in section
3236 \begin_inset space ~
3240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3242 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3249 \begin_layout Subsection
3250 Paper Size and Orientation
3254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3255 Document ! Paper size
3261 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3263 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3270 \begin_layout Standard
3271 You'll find the following options in the menu
3274 \begin_inset space ~
3279 of the dialog of the
3281 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3299 \begin_layout Labeling
3300 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3304 \begin_inset space ~
3309 What size paper to print on.
3313 \begin_layout Itemize
3319 \begin_layout Itemize
3329 \begin_layout Itemize
3335 \begin_layout Itemize
3341 \begin_layout Itemize
3347 \begin_layout Itemize
3353 \begin_layout Itemize
3359 \begin_layout Labeling
3360 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3365 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3376 \begin_layout Labeling
3377 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3381 \begin_inset space ~
3386 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3387 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3390 \begin_layout Subsection
3392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3421 \begin_layout Standard
3422 Paper margins are set in the menu
3424 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3440 \begin_layout Standard
3441 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3442 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3443 the paper format and the font size into account.
3446 \begin_layout Subsection
3450 \begin_layout Standard
3451 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3456 That includes the paragraph environments.
3457 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3458 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3459 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3460 paragraph environments to
3464 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3465 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3466 the conversion and why it failed.
3469 \begin_layout Section
3470 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3475 Paragraph ! Indentation
3483 \begin_layout Subsection
3485 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3487 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3494 \begin_layout Standard
3495 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3496 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3499 \begin_layout Standard
3500 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3501 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3502 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3503 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3507 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3513 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3514 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3515 language than English.
3516 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3519 \begin_layout Standard
3520 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3521 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3523 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3524 LyX takes care of that.
3525 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3527 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3528 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3529 of a page, and so on.
3533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3534 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3539 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3540 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3544 of these pre-coded spacings.
3545 We'll explain more later.
3548 \begin_layout Subsection
3549 Paragraph Separation
3553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3554 Paragraph ! Separation
3562 \begin_layout Standard
3563 To separate paragraphs, select
3574 \begin_inset space ~
3581 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3594 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3595 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3596 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3599 \begin_layout Standard
3609 \begin_layout Standard
3610 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3611 \begin_inset space ~
3615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3617 reference "cap:Units"
3622 The default length is 30
3623 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3629 \begin_layout Subsection
3633 \begin_layout Standard
3634 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3637 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3639 \begin_inset space ~
3644 dialog and toggle the
3647 \begin_inset space ~
3652 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3653 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3654 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3658 \begin_layout Standard
3659 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3660 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3663 \begin_layout Subsection
3668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3669 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3677 \begin_layout Standard
3680 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3696 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3699 \begin_inset space ~
3708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3709 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3718 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3723 installed to use this feature.
3731 \begin_layout Section
3732 Paragraph Environments
3733 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3735 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3744 Paragraph ! Environments
3753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3754 Paragraph environments|(
3762 \begin_layout Subsection
3766 \begin_layout Standard
3767 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3770 \begin_layout Standard
3789 \begin_inset Newline newline
3792 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3793 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3794 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3803 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3806 \begin_layout Standard
3807 A paragraph environment is simply a
3808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3815 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3816 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3817 scheme, labels, and so on.
3818 Additionally, you can
3819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3826 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3827 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3828 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3829 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3830 days of typewriters.
3831 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3833 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3836 \begin_layout Standard
3837 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3838 \begin_inset Graphics
3839 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3845 at the left end of the toolbar.
3846 LyX will change the environment of the
3850 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3851 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3852 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3856 \begin_layout Standard
3865 create a new paragraph using the
3869 paragraph environment.
3871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3878 because if you are in one of these environments:
3881 \begin_layout Itemize
3887 \begin_layout Itemize
3893 \begin_layout Itemize
3899 \begin_layout Itemize
3905 \begin_layout Itemize
3911 \begin_layout Itemize
3917 \begin_layout Itemize
3923 \begin_layout Standard
3924 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3928 , rather than resetting it to
3933 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3934 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3935 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3936 \begin_inset space ~
3940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3942 reference "sec:Nesting"
3947 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3952 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3953 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3957 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
3963 \begin_layout Subsection
3967 \begin_layout Standard
3968 The default paragraph environment is
3973 It creates a plain paragraph.
3974 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3975 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3976 this manual) are in the
3983 \begin_layout Standard
3984 You can nest a paragraph using the
3988 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3996 \begin_layout Subsection
4001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4010 \begin_layout Standard
4011 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4020 for thanks or contact information.
4021 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4022 page along with today's date.
4023 For other types of documents, the title
4024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4031 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4035 \begin_layout Standard
4036 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4050 Here's how you use them:
4053 \begin_layout Itemize
4054 Put the title of your document in the
4061 \begin_layout Itemize
4062 Put the author name in the
4069 \begin_layout Itemize
4070 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4071 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4077 Note that using this environment is optional.
4078 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4079 If you don't want any date, add the line
4080 \begin_inset Newline newline
4090 \begin_inset Newline newline
4093 to the preamble of your document (menu
4095 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4101 \begin_layout Standard
4102 You can use footnotes to insert
4103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4110 or contact informations.
4113 \begin_layout Subsection
4118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4125 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4134 \begin_layout Standard
4135 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4136 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4139 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4145 Section headings ! Numbered
4153 \begin_layout Standard
4154 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4158 \begin_layout Enumerate
4164 \begin_layout Enumerate
4170 \begin_layout Enumerate
4176 \begin_layout Enumerate
4182 \begin_layout Enumerate
4188 \begin_layout Enumerate
4194 \begin_layout Enumerate
4200 \begin_layout Standard
4201 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4202 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4203 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4206 \begin_layout Standard
4207 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4208 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4209 You group the book into chapters.
4210 LyX does similar grouping:
4213 \begin_layout Itemize
4218 is divided in either
4229 \begin_layout Itemize
4241 \begin_layout Itemize
4253 \begin_layout Itemize
4265 \begin_layout Itemize
4277 \begin_layout Itemize
4289 \begin_layout Standard
4290 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4298 Not all document types use the
4302 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4307 is the top-level heading.
4315 \begin_layout Standard
4320 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4321 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4323 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4335 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4341 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4349 \begin_layout Standard
4350 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4354 \begin_layout Enumerate
4360 \begin_layout Enumerate
4366 \begin_layout Enumerate
4372 \begin_layout Enumerate
4378 \begin_layout Enumerate
4384 \begin_layout Standard
4386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4393 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4394 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4395 table of contents, see section
4396 \begin_inset space ~
4400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4409 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4410 Changing the Numbering
4411 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4413 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4420 \begin_layout Standard
4421 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4422 in the Table of Contents.
4423 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4425 Certain classes start with
4439 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4449 This is something you can change.
4452 \begin_layout Standard
4455 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4475 \begin_inset space ~
4479 \begin_inset space ~
4484 you'll see two counters.
4489 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4491 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4495 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4496 Short Titles of Headings
4500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4501 Section headings ! Short titles
4510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4517 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4519 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4526 \begin_layout Standard
4527 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4528 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4529 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4530 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4533 \begin_layout Standard
4534 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4535 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4536 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4537 To specify a short title, use the menu
4539 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4541 \begin_inset space ~
4547 This will insert a box labeled
4548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4563 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4564 This also works for captions inside floats.
4567 \begin_layout Standard
4568 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4571 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4575 \begin_layout Standard
4576 The following information applies to all section headings:
4579 \begin_layout Itemize
4580 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4583 \begin_layout Itemize
4584 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4587 \begin_layout Itemize
4588 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4591 \begin_layout Itemize
4592 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4595 \begin_layout Subsection
4596 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4599 \begin_layout Standard
4600 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4614 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4615 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4616 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4617 the text they contain.
4618 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4626 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4629 \begin_layout Standard
4630 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4639 when you start a new paragraph.
4640 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4644 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4645 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4646 to change back to the
4650 environment yourself.
4653 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4682 \begin_layout Standard
4683 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4684 time for the differences.
4693 are identical except for one difference:
4697 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4706 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4709 \begin_layout Standard
4710 Here's an example of the
4723 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4725 See -- no indentation!
4729 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4730 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4731 the other paragraph.
4734 \begin_layout Standard
4735 Here's another example, this time in the
4742 \begin_layout Quotation
4748 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4749 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4750 the first line, then
4754 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4758 you were quoting other text.
4761 \begin_layout Quotation
4762 Here's a new paragraph.
4763 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4764 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4767 \begin_layout Standard
4768 As the examples show,
4772 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4773 They should put quotes in the
4778 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4782 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4785 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4813 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4822 \begin_layout Standard
4827 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4833 \begin_inset Newline newline
4836 Which I did not rehearse!
4840 It could be much worse.
4841 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4843 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4844 indented a bit more than the first.
4845 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4851 \begin_inset Newline newline
4854 And make things look fine
4855 \begin_inset Newline newline
4861 arg "newline-insert newline"
4867 \begin_layout Standard
4872 does not indent both margins.
4873 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4874 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4881 arg "newline-insert newline"
4887 \begin_layout Subsection
4892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4899 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4908 \begin_layout Standard
4909 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4919 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4928 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4929 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4930 some general features of all four of them.
4933 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4937 \begin_layout Standard
4938 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4940 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4949 reset the environment to
4953 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4954 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
4955 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4959 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4962 to break paragraphs.
4965 \begin_layout Standard
4966 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4967 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4969 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4970 you read all of section
4971 \begin_inset space ~
4975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4977 reference "sec:Nesting"
4985 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5001 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5010 \begin_layout Standard
5011 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5015 paragraph environment.
5016 It has the following properties:
5019 \begin_layout Itemize
5020 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5024 \begin_layout Itemize
5025 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5028 \begin_layout Itemize
5029 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5033 \begin_layout Itemize
5034 The items can have any length.
5035 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5036 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5043 \begin_layout Itemize
5048 environment inside another
5052 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5056 \begin_layout Itemize
5057 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5060 \begin_layout Itemize
5061 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5064 \begin_layout Itemize
5066 \begin_inset space ~
5070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5072 reference "sec:Nesting"
5076 for a full explanation of nesting.
5080 \begin_layout Standard
5081 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5090 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5093 \begin_layout Standard
5094 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5095 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5096 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5099 \begin_layout Itemize
5100 The label for the first level
5104 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5108 \begin_layout Itemize
5109 The label for the second level is a dash.
5113 \begin_layout Itemize
5114 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5118 \begin_layout Itemize
5119 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5123 \begin_layout Itemize
5124 Back out to the third level.
5128 \begin_layout Itemize
5129 Back to the second level.
5133 \begin_layout Itemize
5134 Back to the outermost level.
5137 \begin_layout Standard
5138 These are the default labels for an
5143 You can customize these labels in the
5145 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5148 dialog in the submenu
5158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5167 \begin_layout Standard
5168 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5169 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5171 \begin_inset space ~
5175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5177 reference "sec:Nesting"
5184 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5200 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5202 name "sec:Enumerate"
5209 \begin_layout Standard
5214 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5215 It has these properties:
5218 \begin_layout Enumerate
5219 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5223 \begin_layout Enumerate
5224 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5228 \begin_layout Enumerate
5229 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5232 \begin_layout Enumerate
5237 environment resets the counter to one.
5240 \begin_layout Enumerate
5253 \begin_layout Enumerate
5254 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5255 Items can have any length.
5258 \begin_layout Enumerate
5259 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5262 \begin_layout Enumerate
5263 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5266 \begin_layout Enumerate
5267 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5271 \begin_layout Standard
5280 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5281 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5288 \begin_layout Enumerate
5289 The first level of an
5293 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5297 \begin_layout Enumerate
5298 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5302 \begin_layout Enumerate
5303 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5307 \begin_layout Enumerate
5308 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5311 \begin_layout Enumerate
5312 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5317 \begin_layout Enumerate
5318 Back to the third level
5322 \begin_layout Enumerate
5323 Back to the second level.
5327 \begin_layout Enumerate
5328 Back to the outermost level.
5331 \begin_layout Standard
5332 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5337 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5342 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5346 \begin_layout Standard
5347 There is more to nesting
5351 environments than we've stated here.
5352 You should read section
5353 \begin_inset space ~
5357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5359 reference "sec:Nesting"
5363 to learn more about nesting.
5366 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5384 \begin_layout Standard
5385 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5389 list has no fixed label.
5390 Instead, LyX uses the first
5391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5398 of the first line as the label.
5402 \begin_layout Description
5403 Example: This is an example of the
5410 \begin_layout Standard
5411 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5415 \begin_layout Standard
5417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5424 it is meant that the first hit of the
5428 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5430 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5438 arg "space-insert protected"
5443 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5444 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5446 \begin_inset space ~
5452 \begin_inset space ~
5456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5458 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5462 for more info.) Here is an example:
5465 \begin_layout Description
5467 \begin_inset space ~
5470 Example: This one shows how to use a
5473 \begin_inset space ~
5485 \begin_layout Description
5486 Usage: You should use the
5490 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5491 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5493 It's not a good idea to use a
5497 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5498 You're better off using
5510 paragraphs into them.
5513 \begin_layout Description
5514 Nesting: You can nest
5518 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5522 \begin_layout Standard
5523 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5524 them from the first line.
5527 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5545 \begin_layout Standard
5550 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5554 \begin_layout Standard
5563 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5564 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5567 \begin_layout Labeling
5568 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5570 \begin_inset space ~
5573 labels LyX uses the first
5574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5581 of each line as the item label.
5586 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5587 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5588 blank as described above.
5591 \begin_layout Labeling
5592 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5593 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5594 the body of the item text.
5595 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5596 label width plus a little extra space.
5600 \begin_layout Labeling
5601 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5603 \begin_inset space ~
5606 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5608 If the label width is larger, the label
5609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5616 into the first line.
5617 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5618 margin of the rest of the item text.
5621 \begin_layout Labeling
5622 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5624 \begin_inset space ~
5627 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5632 environment have the same left margin.
5633 \begin_inset Newline newline
5636 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5639 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5641 \begin_inset space ~
5650 \begin_inset space ~
5655 determines the default label width.
5656 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5665 multiple times instead.
5666 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5675 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5678 \begin_inset space ~
5683 every time you alter a label in a
5688 \begin_inset Newline newline
5691 The predefined default width is the length of
5692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5701 \begin_inset Newline newline
5705 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5713 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5714 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5722 \begin_layout Standard
5727 environment the same way like the
5731 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5737 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5741 \begin_layout Standard
5746 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5748 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5750 \begin_inset space ~
5754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5756 reference "sec:Nesting"
5760 to learn about nesting.
5763 \begin_layout Standard
5764 There is yet another feature of the
5768 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5770 You can use additional
5774 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5779 are documented in section
5780 \begin_inset space ~
5784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5786 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5791 Here are some examples:
5794 \begin_layout Labeling
5795 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5796 Left The default for
5803 \begin_layout Labeling
5804 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5805 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5812 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5815 \begin_layout Labeling
5816 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5817 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5821 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5828 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5831 \begin_layout Subsection
5836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5845 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5853 \begin_inset space ~
5861 \begin_layout Standard
5862 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5870 \begin_inset space ~
5876 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5877 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5878 In contrast, you can use the
5885 \begin_inset space ~
5890 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5891 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5895 \begin_layout Standard
5896 Of course, you're not limited to using
5903 \begin_inset space ~
5912 \begin_inset space ~
5917 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5918 some European academic papers.
5921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5923 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5925 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5932 \begin_layout Standard
5937 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5938 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5942 \begin_inset space ~
5947 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5948 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5949 Here's an example of each:
5952 \begin_layout Right Address
5954 \begin_inset Newline newline
5958 \begin_inset Newline newline
5962 \begin_inset Newline newline
5965 When is it? What is today?
5968 \begin_layout Standard
5972 \begin_inset space ~
5978 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5979 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5980 Here's an example of the
5987 \begin_layout Address
5989 \begin_inset Newline newline
5992 Where do I send this
5993 \begin_inset Newline newline
5996 Your post office and country
5999 \begin_layout Standard
6000 As you can see, both
6007 \begin_inset space ~
6012 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6017 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6023 This makes sense, since
6031 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6032 Thus, you have to use
6039 arg "newline-insert newline"
6045 \begin_inset space ~
6048 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6050 \begin_inset space ~
6059 menu) to start a new line in an
6066 \begin_inset space ~
6074 \begin_layout Subsection
6078 \begin_layout Standard
6079 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6080 or list of references.
6081 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6084 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6100 \begin_layout Standard
6105 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6106 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6107 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6108 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6112 in anything else or vice versa.
6118 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6119 The book document classes ignores the
6123 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6127 in a letter document class.
6130 \begin_layout Standard
6135 environment does several things for you.
6136 First, it puts the centered label
6137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6145 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6147 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6148 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6149 the subsequent text.
6150 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6151 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6154 \begin_layout Standard
6155 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6159 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6160 The new paragraph will still be in the
6165 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6166 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6169 \begin_layout Standard
6170 \begin_inset Float figure
6175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6177 \begin_inset Graphics
6178 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6187 \begin_inset Caption
6189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6192 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6213 \begin_layout Standard
6214 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6218 environment, but since this document is in the
6219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6226 class, we can't do this.
6227 We inserted it therefore as figure
6228 \begin_inset space ~
6232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6234 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6239 If you've never heard of an
6240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6247 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6250 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6266 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6268 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6275 \begin_layout Standard
6280 environment is used to list references.
6281 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6282 only use it at the end of the document.
6287 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6290 \begin_layout Standard
6291 When you first open a
6295 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6311 depending on the document class.
6312 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6313 Each paragraph of the
6317 environment is a bibliography entry.
6322 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6323 Each new paragraph is still in the
6330 \begin_layout Standard
6331 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6332 by using a BibTeX database.
6333 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6334 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6335 \begin_inset space ~
6339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6341 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6348 \begin_layout Subsection
6355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6356 Paragraph ! LyX code
6362 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6371 \begin_layout Standard
6376 environment is another LyX extension.
6377 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6382 key as a fixed whitespace;
6386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6398 \begin_inset space ~
6403 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6408 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6409 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6412 arg "newline-insert newline"
6429 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6430 So, when you finish using the
6434 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6435 Also, you can nest the
6439 environment inside of others.
6442 \begin_layout Standard
6443 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6446 \begin_layout Itemize
6450 arg "newline-insert newline"
6453 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6454 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6458 \begin_inset space ~
6468 arg "newline-insert newline"
6474 \begin_layout Itemize
6478 arg "newline-insert newline"
6489 \begin_layout Itemize
6494 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6501 \begin_layout Itemize
6505 arg "space-insert protected"
6512 \begin_layout Itemize
6513 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6514 You must put at least one
6518 in any line you want blank.
6519 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6522 \begin_layout Itemize
6523 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6527 since that will insert
6532 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6535 arg "self-insert \""
6541 \begin_layout Standard
6545 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6549 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6553 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6557 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6561 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6562 printf("Hello World!
6567 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6571 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6575 \begin_layout Standard
6576 This is just the standard
6577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6588 \begin_layout Standard
6593 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6594 rc-files, and so on.
6595 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6596 as if you used a typewriter.
6600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6601 Paragraph environments|)
6609 \begin_layout Section
6610 Nesting Environments
6614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6615 Nesting ! Environments
6621 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6630 \begin_layout Subsection
6634 \begin_layout Standard
6635 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6637 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6639 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6641 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6653 \begin_layout Enumerate
6657 \begin_layout Enumerate
6662 \begin_layout Enumerate
6666 \begin_layout Enumerate
6671 \begin_layout Enumerate
6675 \begin_layout Standard
6676 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6677 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6680 \begin_inset space ~
6684 \begin_inset space ~
6692 \begin_inset space ~
6696 \begin_inset space ~
6705 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6706 will tell you how far you are nested).
6707 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6708 \begin_inset Graphics
6709 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6714 \begin_inset Graphics
6715 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6719 or the convenient key bindings
6730 arg "depth-increment"
6736 arg "depth-decrement"
6739 to change the nesting level.
6740 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6741 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6745 \begin_layout Standard
6746 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6747 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6748 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6749 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6752 \begin_layout Standard
6753 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6754 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6756 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6759 \begin_layout Subsection
6760 What You Can and Can't Nest
6763 \begin_layout Standard
6764 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6765 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6768 \begin_layout Standard
6769 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6770 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6771 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6774 \begin_layout Itemize
6775 Completely unnestable
6778 \begin_layout Itemize
6779 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6780 other things inside of them.
6783 \begin_layout Itemize
6784 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6788 \begin_layout Standard
6789 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6790 environments have them:
6793 \begin_layout Description
6794 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6795 Can't nest into them.
6799 \begin_layout Itemize
6805 \begin_layout Itemize
6811 \begin_layout Itemize
6817 \begin_layout Itemize
6823 \begin_layout Itemize
6830 \begin_layout Description
6832 \begin_inset space ~
6835 Nestable You can nest them.
6836 You can nest other things into them.
6840 \begin_layout Itemize
6846 \begin_layout Itemize
6852 \begin_layout Itemize
6858 \begin_layout Itemize
6864 \begin_layout Itemize
6870 \begin_layout Itemize
6876 \begin_layout Itemize
6882 \begin_layout Itemize
6889 \begin_layout Description
6890 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6891 You can't nest anything into them.
6895 \begin_layout Itemize
6901 \begin_layout Itemize
6907 \begin_layout Itemize
6913 \begin_layout Itemize
6919 \begin_layout Itemize
6925 \begin_layout Itemize
6931 \begin_layout Itemize
6937 \begin_layout Itemize
6943 \begin_layout Itemize
6949 \begin_layout Itemize
6955 \begin_layout Itemize
6961 \begin_layout Itemize
6967 \begin_layout Itemize
6973 \begin_layout Itemize
6977 \begin_inset space ~
6983 \begin_layout Itemize
6990 \begin_layout Standard
6991 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6999 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7008 \begin_inset space ~
7012 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7016 \begin_inset space \space{}
7019 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
7020 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
7021 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
7029 \begin_layout Subsection
7030 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7035 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7043 \begin_layout Standard
7044 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7045 affected by nesting anyhow.
7049 \begin_layout Itemize
7053 \begin_layout Itemize
7057 \begin_layout Itemize
7061 \begin_layout Standard
7063 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7071 Figures and tables in
7075 are not affected by this.
7080 Have a look at section
7081 \begin_inset space ~
7085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7087 reference "sec:Floats"
7091 for more informations about
7098 \begin_layout Standard
7099 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7100 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7104 \begin_layout Standard
7105 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7113 of its own, it behaves just like a
7114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7121 paragraph environment.
7122 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7126 \begin_layout Standard
7127 Here's an example with a table:
7130 \begin_layout Enumerate
7135 \begin_layout Enumerate
7136 This is (a) and it's nested.
7140 \begin_layout Standard
7141 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7147 \begin_layout Standard
7149 \begin_inset Tabular
7150 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7152 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7153 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7237 \begin_layout Standard
7238 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7245 \begin_layout Enumerate
7247 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7251 \begin_layout Enumerate
7255 \begin_layout Standard
7256 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7259 \begin_layout Enumerate
7264 \begin_layout Enumerate
7265 This is (a) and it's nested.
7269 \begin_layout Standard
7270 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7276 \begin_layout Standard
7278 \begin_inset Tabular
7279 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7281 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7282 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7366 \begin_layout Standard
7367 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7373 \begin_layout Enumerate
7380 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7383 \begin_layout Enumerate
7387 \begin_layout Standard
7388 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7392 \begin_layout Standard
7393 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7395 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7398 \begin_layout Enumerate
7403 \begin_layout Enumerate
7404 This is (a) and it's nested.
7407 \begin_layout Standard
7408 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7414 \begin_layout Standard
7416 \begin_inset Tabular
7417 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7419 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7420 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7504 \begin_layout Standard
7505 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7511 \begin_layout Enumerate
7513 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7521 \begin_layout Enumerate
7525 \begin_layout Standard
7526 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7532 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7533 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7537 \begin_layout Subsection
7538 Usage and General Features
7541 \begin_layout Standard
7542 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7551 is the innermost possible depth.
7552 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7555 \begin_layout Enumerate
7556 level #1 - outermost
7560 \begin_layout Enumerate
7565 \begin_layout Enumerate
7570 \begin_layout Enumerate
7575 \begin_layout Itemize
7580 \begin_layout Itemize
7589 \begin_layout Standard
7590 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7591 both of them in the example.
7592 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7602 For example, if we tried to nest another
7607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7617 \begin_layout Subsection
7622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7631 \begin_layout Standard
7632 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7633 We have several examples of nested environments.
7634 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7638 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7639 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7642 \begin_layout Labeling
7643 \labelwidthstring MMM
7644 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7653 \begin_layout Labeling
7654 \labelwidthstring MMM
7655 #2-a This is level #2.
7656 We created it by using
7659 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7665 arg "depth-increment"
7672 \begin_layout Labeling
7673 \labelwidthstring MMM
7674 #3-a This is level #3.
7675 This time, we just hit
7682 arg "depth-increment"
7686 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7690 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7696 arg "depth-increment"
7703 \begin_layout Standard
7708 environment, nested inside of
7709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7717 So, it's at level #4.
7718 We did this by hitting
7721 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7727 arg "depth-increment"
7730 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7735 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7751 \begin_layout Standard
7756 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7759 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7765 \begin_layout Labeling
7766 \labelwidthstring MMM
7767 #4-a This is level #4.
7771 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7774 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7779 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7783 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7788 keep nesting things inside of
7789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7800 \begin_layout Labeling
7801 \labelwidthstring MMM
7802 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7807 \begin_layout Labeling
7808 \labelwidthstring MMM
7809 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7810 and this is level #6.
7811 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7815 \begin_layout Labeling
7816 \labelwidthstring MMM
7817 #5-b Back to level #5.
7821 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7827 arg "depth-decrement"
7834 \begin_layout Labeling
7835 \labelwidthstring MMM
7839 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7845 arg "depth-decrement"
7848 , we're back at level #4.
7852 \begin_layout Labeling
7853 \labelwidthstring MMM
7854 #3-b Back to level #3.
7855 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7859 \begin_layout Labeling
7860 \labelwidthstring MMM
7861 #2-b Back to level #2.
7866 \begin_layout Labeling
7867 \labelwidthstring MMM
7868 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7869 After this sentence, we'll hit
7873 and change the paragraph environment back to
7880 \begin_layout Standard
7881 We could have also used the
7897 environment in place of the
7902 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7905 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7906 Example 2: Inheritance
7909 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7910 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7913 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7922 arg "depth-increment"
7925 , after which, we'll change to the
7933 \begin_layout Enumerate
7938 environment, at level #2.
7941 \begin_layout Enumerate
7942 Notice how the nested
7946 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7950 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7954 \begin_layout Standard
7955 We ended this example by hitting
7960 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7964 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7967 arg "depth-decrement"
7973 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7974 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7987 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7995 \begin_layout Enumerate
7996 This is level #1, in an
8000 paragraph environment.
8001 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8005 \begin_layout Enumerate
8010 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8016 arg "depth-increment"
8020 Now, what happens if we nest an
8024 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8025 label be? An asterisk?
8029 \begin_layout Itemize
8039 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8040 So, its label is a bullet.
8041 (We got here by using
8044 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8050 arg "depth-increment"
8053 , then changing the environment to
8061 \begin_layout Itemize
8062 Here's level #4, produced using
8065 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8071 arg "depth-increment"
8075 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8080 \begin_layout Enumerate
8081 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8083 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8088 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8092 , because we are in the
8101 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8120 \begin_layout Enumerate
8125 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8126 type of numbering does LyX use?
8129 \begin_layout Enumerate
8130 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8133 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8136 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8139 \begin_layout Enumerate
8143 arg "depth-decrement"
8146 to decrease the depth after the next
8149 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8156 \begin_layout Enumerate
8158 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8162 \begin_layout Enumerate
8164 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8165 numeral as the label.Why?
8168 \begin_layout Enumerate
8169 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8178 Notice, however, that LyX
8182 reset the counter for the label.
8186 \begin_layout Enumerate
8190 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8196 arg "depth-decrement"
8199 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8200 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8201 into the twofold-nested
8209 \begin_layout Enumerate
8210 The same thing happens if we do another
8213 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8219 arg "depth-decrement"
8222 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8225 \begin_layout Standard
8226 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8231 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8245 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8251 The same rule applies for the
8255 environment, as well.
8258 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8259 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8262 \begin_layout Enumerate
8263 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8264 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8265 same detail with how we did it.
8274 \begin_layout Standard
8282 arg "depth-increment"
8289 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8290 example in parentheses someplace.
8291 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8292 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8293 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8297 \begin_layout Enumerate
8302 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8307 Now we'll add verse.
8308 \begin_inset Newline newline
8311 It will get much worse.
8312 \begin_inset Newline newline
8322 arg "depth-increment"
8333 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8334 \begin_inset Newline newline
8337 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8338 \begin_inset Newline newline
8344 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8357 \begin_layout Standard
8358 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8364 \begin_layout Standard
8366 \begin_inset Tabular
8367 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8369 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8370 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8459 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8469 arg "depth-increment"
8475 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8485 arg "depth-decrement"
8492 \begin_layout Enumerate
8497 : level #1) This is another item.
8498 Note that selecting a
8502 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8503 3 times to put the table inside the
8511 \begin_layout Quotation
8512 We're now ending the
8516 list and changing to
8521 We're still at level #1.
8522 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8523 The next set of paragraphs is a
8524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8538 \begin_inset space ~
8543 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8547 for the letter body.
8551 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8554 to preserve the depth.
8555 Remember that you need to use
8558 arg "newline-insert newline"
8561 to create multiple lines inside the
8568 \begin_inset space ~
8578 \begin_layout Right Address
8580 \begin_inset Newline newline
8583 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8584 \begin_inset Newline newline
8590 \begin_layout Address
8592 \begin_inset space ~
8598 \begin_layout Quotation
8599 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8600 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8603 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8604 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8605 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8606 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8607 as soon as possible.
8608 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8611 \begin_layout Quotation
8612 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8613 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8614 with your order, along with payment.
8617 \begin_layout Quotation
8618 We thank you again for your patience.
8621 \begin_layout Address
8623 \begin_inset Newline newline
8630 \begin_layout Quotation
8631 That ends that example!
8634 \begin_layout Standard
8635 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8636 just a few keystrokes.
8637 We could have easily nested an
8658 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8661 \begin_layout Section
8662 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8675 \begin_layout Standard
8676 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8677 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8678 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8679 be broken at the end of a line.
8680 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8684 \begin_layout Subsection
8686 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8688 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8705 \begin_layout Standard
8706 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8708 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8712 Further documentation is given in section
8713 \begin_inset Newline newline
8717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8719 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8727 \begin_layout Standard
8728 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8741 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8743 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8752 A protected space is set with
8754 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8755 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8759 \begin_inset space ~
8769 arg "space-insert protected"
8775 \begin_layout Subsection
8777 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8779 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8788 Spacing ! Horizontal
8796 \begin_layout Standard
8797 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8799 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8800 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8804 The length units are listed in Appendix
8805 \begin_inset space ~
8809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8811 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8818 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8820 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8822 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8839 \begin_layout Standard
8841 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8845 \begin_inset space \space{}
8848 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8849 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8850 \begin_inset space ~
8854 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8856 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8861 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8862 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8865 arg "space-insert normal"
8871 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8873 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8875 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8892 \begin_layout Standard
8894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8901 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8910 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8911 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8912 inside abbreviations:
8917 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8921 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
8924 \begin_layout Standard
8925 or between values and units.
8926 Compare for example this:
8927 \begin_inset Newline newline
8931 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8935 \begin_inset Newline newline
8941 \begin_layout Standard
8942 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8944 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8945 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8947 \begin_inset space ~
8955 arg "space-insert thin"
8961 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8963 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8965 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8972 \begin_layout Standard
8973 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8976 \begin_layout Description
8978 \begin_inset space ~
8982 \begin_inset space ~
8986 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8990 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8994 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8997 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9000 \begin_layout Description
9002 \begin_inset space ~
9006 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9010 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9014 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9018 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9022 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9025 em) space between the arrows.
9028 \begin_layout Description
9030 \begin_inset space ~
9034 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9038 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9042 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9046 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9050 \begin_inset space ~
9054 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9057 em) space between the arrows.
9060 \begin_layout Description
9062 \begin_inset space ~
9066 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9070 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9074 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9078 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9082 \begin_inset space ~
9086 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9089 em) space between the arrows.
9092 \begin_layout Description
9094 \begin_inset space ~
9098 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9102 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9107 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9111 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9114 cm space between the arrows.
9117 \begin_layout Standard
9119 \begin_inset space ~
9123 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9125 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9129 lists the different space sizes.
9132 \begin_layout Standard
9133 \begin_inset Float table
9138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9140 \begin_inset Caption
9142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9143 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9145 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9149 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9159 \begin_inset Tabular
9160 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9162 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9163 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9203 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9227 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9251 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9275 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9290 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9303 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9318 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9346 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9359 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9380 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9398 \begin_layout Standard
9399 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9400 in a uniform fashion.
9401 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9402 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9403 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9404 equally between themselves.
9408 \begin_layout Standard
9409 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9414 This is on the left side
9415 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9418 This is on the right
9424 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9428 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9437 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9441 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9445 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9451 \begin_layout Standard
9452 That was an example in the
9458 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9462 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9466 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9469 is one in a standard paragraph.
9470 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9474 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9477 \begin_layout Standard
9478 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9481 \begin_inset space ~
9486 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9489 \begin_layout Standard
9491 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9495 \begin_inset space ~
9501 \begin_layout Standard
9503 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9507 \begin_inset space ~
9513 \begin_layout Standard
9515 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9519 \begin_inset space ~
9525 \begin_layout Standard
9527 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9531 \begin_inset space ~
9537 \begin_layout Standard
9539 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9543 \begin_inset space ~
9549 \begin_layout Standard
9551 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9555 \begin_inset space ~
9561 \begin_layout Standard
9562 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9570 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9574 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9575 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9576 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9580 option in the space dialog.
9588 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9602 \begin_layout Standard
9603 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9605 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9609 \begin_inset space \space{}
9612 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9615 \begin_layout Standard
9616 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9619 What is correct English?:
9620 \begin_inset Newline newline
9624 \begin_inset Newline newline
9628 \begin_inset space ~
9631 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9632 \begin_inset Newline newline
9639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9650 \begin_inset Newline newline
9657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9668 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9674 \begin_layout Standard
9675 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9680 \begin_inset space ~
9684 \begin_inset space ~
9688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9692 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9704 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9708 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9710 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9714 for more information about TeX-Code.
9720 In our case write the command
9727 (note the space after
9728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9735 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9736 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9737 That is why it is named
9738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9750 There exists also the commands
9762 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9763 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9764 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9766 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9778 \begin_layout Subsection
9780 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9782 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9799 \begin_layout Standard
9800 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9802 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9803 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9805 \begin_inset space ~
9811 There you find the following sizes:
9814 \begin_layout Standard
9827 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9832 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9834 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9847 for the paragraph separation.
9848 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9859 \begin_layout Standard
9868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9874 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9875 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9877 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9878 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9887 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9896 s are described in section
9897 \begin_inset space ~
9901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9903 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9912 If there are several
9916 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9917 You can therefore use
9921 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9924 \begin_layout Standard
9929 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9930 \begin_inset space ~
9934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9936 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9943 \begin_layout Standard
9944 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9954 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9955 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9967 \begin_layout Subsection
9971 \begin_layout Standard
9972 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9974 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9978 There are four possibilities:
9981 \begin_layout Itemize
9987 \begin_layout Itemize
9993 \begin_layout Itemize
9999 \begin_layout Itemize
10005 \begin_layout Standard
10006 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10007 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10008 the left and right margins.
10009 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10012 \begin_layout Standard
10014 This paragraph is right aligned,
10017 \begin_layout Standard
10019 this one is centered,
10022 \begin_layout Standard
10024 this one is left aligned.
10027 \begin_layout Subsection
10032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10033 Page breaks ! Forced
10039 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10041 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10048 \begin_layout Standard
10049 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10050 can force a page break where you want one.
10051 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10052 Only if you use many
10056 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10059 \begin_layout Standard
10060 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
10061 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10065 have to change the page breaking.
10068 \begin_layout Standard
10069 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10071 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10073 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10074 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10076 \begin_inset space ~
10082 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10084 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10085 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10087 \begin_inset space ~
10092 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10094 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10095 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10098 \begin_layout Standard
10099 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10100 at the top of a page.
10101 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10102 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10103 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10104 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10108 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10112 to learn more about
10119 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10121 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10123 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10132 Page breaks ! Clear
10140 \begin_layout Standard
10141 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
10142 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
10143 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
10144 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
10145 if necessary by adding pages.
10148 \begin_layout Standard
10149 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10151 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10152 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10154 \begin_inset space ~
10160 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10162 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10163 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10165 \begin_inset space ~
10169 \begin_inset space ~
10174 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10175 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10178 \begin_layout Subsection
10183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10192 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10199 \begin_layout Standard
10200 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10202 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10204 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10205 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10207 \begin_inset space ~
10211 \begin_inset space ~
10219 arg "newline-insert newline"
10223 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10225 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10226 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10228 \begin_inset space ~
10232 \begin_inset space ~
10237 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10239 This is necessary to avoid
10240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10247 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10250 \begin_layout Standard
10251 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10252 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10253 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10254 set a line break, e.
10255 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10259 \begin_inset space \space{}
10262 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10263 \begin_inset space ~
10267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10269 reference "sec:Quote"
10274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10276 reference "sec:Verse"
10281 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10283 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10290 \begin_layout Subsection
10292 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10294 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10311 \begin_layout Standard
10316 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10317 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10319 \begin_inset space ~
10324 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10330 \begin_layout Section
10331 Characters and Symbols
10334 \begin_layout Standard
10335 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10336 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10337 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10341 \begin_inset space \space{}
10344 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10346 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10350 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10352 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10356 for informations how this is done.
10359 \begin_layout Standard
10360 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10365 dialog via the menu
10367 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10368 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10374 \begin_layout Standard
10375 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10383 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10384 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10385 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10393 \begin_layout Section
10394 Fonts and Text Styles
10395 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10397 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10404 \begin_layout Subsection
10409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10418 \begin_layout Standard
10419 There are two types of fonts:
10422 \begin_layout Description
10424 \begin_inset space ~
10431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10437 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10438 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10442 characters) in the font.
10443 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10444 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10445 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10446 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10447 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10448 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10449 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10450 provide a good image.
10451 \begin_inset Newline newline
10454 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10455 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10456 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10457 sizes than at small ones.
10458 \begin_inset Newline newline
10472 \begin_inset space ~
10480 \begin_layout Description
10482 \begin_inset space ~
10489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10495 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10496 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10497 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10498 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10499 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10500 picture manipulation program.
10501 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10502 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10503 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10504 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10505 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10507 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10508 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10509 \begin_inset Newline newline
10512 Bitmap fonts are named
10515 \begin_inset space ~
10520 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10523 \begin_layout Standard
10524 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10525 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10526 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10527 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10528 use scalable fonts.
10531 \begin_layout Standard
10532 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10533 its document properties.
10536 \begin_layout Standard
10537 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10538 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10539 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10540 font to emphasize text, you use an
10541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10549 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10550 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10554 \begin_layout Subsection
10555 Document Font and Font size
10556 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10558 name "sub:Document-Font"
10566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10585 \begin_layout Standard
10586 You can set the document fonts in the
10588 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10596 Document ! Settings
10602 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10603 font shapes roman (serif),
10606 \begin_inset space ~
10618 \begin_layout Standard
10619 The possible options for the font include
10623 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10628 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10650 European Computer Modern
10653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10663 \begin_layout Standard
10672 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10673 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10678 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10681 \begin_inset space ~
10686 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10692 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10693 There are three ways to use one:
10696 \begin_layout Itemize
10697 One way is to use the
10707 Virtual means that it
10708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10719 -glyphs from other fonts.
10720 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10742 Loading the LaTeX-package
10750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10751 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10756 with the document preamble line
10759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10764 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10768 will fix the guillemet problem.
10773 and that accented characters are not
10777 glyph, they are build of
10781 characters, the accent and the letter.
10782 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10786 fonts for words with accented characters.
10787 If you search for example for the French word
10788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10795 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10804 and not for the glyph
10805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10809 \begin_inset space ~
10813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10819 \begin_layout Itemize
10820 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10833 , consist of these three main font types
10836 \begin_inset space ~
10865 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10869 \begin_inset space ~
10876 as typewriter font.
10877 \begin_inset Newline newline
10880 The differences between roman,
10883 \begin_inset space ~
10892 fonts are explained in section
10893 \begin_inset space ~
10897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10899 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10904 \begin_inset Newline newline
10911 was originally designed for newspapers.
10912 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10913 into the small newspaper columns.
10918 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10921 \begin_layout Itemize
10922 The best solution is to use the
10931 These fonts were developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10935 as the default font.
10936 In most cases they look the same as
10944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10945 One difference is improved kerning for the
10958 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
10969 \begin_layout Standard
10970 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10973 For the font size there are four possible values:
10990 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10993 \begin_layout Standard
10994 The font sizes are the
10999 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11000 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11001 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11004 \begin_inset space ~
11010 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11011 \begin_inset space ~
11015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11017 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11024 \begin_layout Standard
11029 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11030 a font to display the script characters.
11034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11035 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11040 So this has no effect for the document language
11056 \begin_layout Standard
11057 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11061 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11069 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11073 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11074 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11075 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11077 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11080 dialog, see section
11081 \begin_inset space ~
11085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11087 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11099 \begin_layout Subsection
11100 Using Different Character Styles
11104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11123 \begin_layout Standard
11124 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11125 certain paragraph environments.
11126 LyX supports two character styles,
11135 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11139 \begin_layout Standard
11144 style, do one of the following:
11147 \begin_layout Itemize
11148 click on the toolbar button
11149 \begin_inset Graphics
11150 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11157 \begin_layout Itemize
11158 use the key binding
11167 \begin_layout Standard
11168 These commands are all toggles.
11173 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11176 \begin_layout Standard
11177 One typically uses the
11181 style for proper names.
11183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11190 is the original author of LyX.
11191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11197 \begin_layout Standard
11198 A more widely used character style is the
11203 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
11210 \begin_layout Itemize
11211 clicking on the toolbar button
11212 \begin_inset Graphics
11213 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11220 \begin_layout Itemize
11221 using the keybindings
11230 \begin_layout Standard
11235 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11236 es use a different font.
11239 \begin_layout Standard
11240 We've been using the
11244 style all over the place in this document.
11245 Here's one more example:
11248 \begin_layout Quotation
11251 Don't overuse character styles!
11254 \begin_layout Standard
11255 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11256 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11257 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11258 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11262 \begin_layout Standard
11263 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11271 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11273 \begin_inset space ~
11281 \begin_layout Subsection
11282 Fine-Tuning with the
11287 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11289 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11306 \begin_layout Standard
11307 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11308 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11309 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11310 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11311 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11312 from ordinary dialog.
11315 \begin_layout Standard
11316 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11317 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11318 \begin_inset Newline newline
11321 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11322 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11325 \begin_layout Standard
11326 To use custom character styles, open the
11328 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11330 \begin_inset space ~
11336 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11337 font property which you can choose.
11338 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11341 \begin_inset space ~
11346 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11351 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11352 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11353 environments in a snap.
11356 \begin_layout Standard
11357 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11360 \begin_inset space ~
11372 \begin_layout Labeling
11373 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11387 The possible options are:
11391 \begin_layout Labeling
11392 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11397 This is the Roman font family.
11398 Normally a serif font.
11399 It's also the default family.
11409 \begin_layout Labeling
11410 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11414 \begin_inset space ~
11421 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11433 \begin_layout Labeling
11434 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11441 This is the Typewriter font family.
11447 arg "font-typewriter"
11456 \begin_layout Labeling
11457 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11462 This corresponds to the print weight.
11467 \begin_layout Labeling
11468 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11473 This is the Medium font series.
11474 It's also the default series.
11477 \begin_layout Labeling
11478 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11485 This is the Bold font series.
11498 \begin_layout Labeling
11499 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11504 As the name implies.
11509 \begin_layout Labeling
11510 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11515 This is the Upright font shape.
11516 It's also the default shape.
11519 \begin_layout Labeling
11520 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11534 s the Italic font shape
11540 \begin_layout Labeling
11541 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11548 This is the Slanted font shape
11550 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11553 \begin_layout Labeling
11554 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11558 \begin_inset space ~
11565 This is the Small caps font shape
11572 \begin_layout Labeling
11573 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11578 Alters the size of the font.
11579 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11580 nal to the document font size.
11581 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11582 what you want to do.
11587 \begin_layout Labeling
11588 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11609 arg "font-size tiny"
11615 \begin_layout Labeling
11616 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11637 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11643 \begin_layout Labeling
11644 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11665 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11671 \begin_layout Labeling
11672 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11693 arg "font-size small"
11699 \begin_layout Labeling
11700 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11714 It's also the default size.
11718 arg "font-size normal"
11724 \begin_layout Labeling
11725 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11746 arg "font-size large"
11752 \begin_layout Labeling
11753 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11774 arg "font-size larger"
11780 \begin_layout Labeling
11781 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11802 arg "font-size largest"
11808 \begin_layout Labeling
11809 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11830 arg "font-size huge"
11836 \begin_layout Labeling
11837 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11858 arg "font-size giant"
11865 \begin_layout Standard
11870 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11871 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11872 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11873 - use that instead.
11874 This is here for fine-tuning only!
11877 \begin_layout Labeling
11878 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11883 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11888 \begin_layout Labeling
11889 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11896 This is text with emphasize on
11899 This might seem like the same as
11903 , but it is actually a bit different.
11909 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
11911 Normally this font is equal to italic.
11914 \begin_layout Labeling
11915 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11922 This is text with Underbar on.
11928 arg "font-underline"
11934 \begin_inset Newline newline
11939 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11940 when you couldn't change fonts.
11941 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
11942 It's only included in LyX because some people
11946 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
11949 \begin_layout Labeling
11950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11957 This is text with Noun on.
11964 , this is a logical attribute.
11965 Normally it's equivalent to
11968 \begin_inset space ~
11977 \begin_layout Labeling
11978 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11983 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11984 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
11988 \begin_inset space ~
11993 , which is the default
11994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12001 and means normally black, you can choose between
12037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12046 \begin_layout Labeling
12047 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12052 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12053 the language of the document.
12054 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12058 \begin_layout Standard
12059 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12060 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12062 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12064 \begin_inset space ~
12069 dialog, the settings are saved.
12070 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12071 \begin_inset Graphics
12072 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12077 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12078 when the dialog isn't visible.
12082 \begin_layout Standard
12083 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12090 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12091 (suppose you just set the shape to
12092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12110 \begin_inset space ~
12122 \begin_layout Standard
12123 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12131 \begin_inset space ~
12143 \begin_layout Itemize
12149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12156 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12174 \begin_inset Newline newline
12181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12206 \begin_inset Note Note
12209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12210 For more on phantoms see section
12211 \begin_inset space ~
12215 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12217 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12227 \begin_inset Newline newline
12233 \begin_layout Itemize
12238 fonts use characters with serifs.
12239 These are the small
12240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12247 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12248 The following example will show the difference:
12249 \begin_inset Newline newline
12253 \begin_inset Newline newline
12258 text without serifs
12261 \begin_inset Newline newline
12264 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12265 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12272 \begin_layout Itemize
12278 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12279 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12282 \begin_layout Standard
12283 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12284 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12287 \begin_layout Section
12288 Printing and Previewing
12291 \begin_layout Subsection
12295 \begin_layout Standard
12296 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12297 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12298 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12299 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12300 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12303 \begin_inset space ~
12311 \begin_layout Standard
12312 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12313 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12314 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12315 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12316 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12317 This happens in two stages:
12320 \begin_layout Enumerate
12321 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12322 generating a file with the extension,
12323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12337 \begin_layout Enumerate
12338 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12342 file to produce printable output.
12346 \begin_layout Subsection
12347 Output file formats
12351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12358 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12360 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12367 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12373 File formats ! ASCII
12381 \begin_layout Standard
12382 This file type has the extension
12383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12395 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12399 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12406 \begin_layout Standard
12407 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12409 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12410 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12416 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12422 File formats ! LaTeX
12430 \begin_layout Standard
12431 This file type has the extension
12432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12443 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12445 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12446 it manually with console commands.
12447 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12448 you view or export your document.
12451 \begin_layout Standard
12452 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12454 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12455 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12472 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12486 \begin_layout Standard
12487 This file type has the extension
12488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12508 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12509 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12510 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12512 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12516 \begin_layout Standard
12517 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12525 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12526 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12531 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12532 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12533 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12534 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12537 \begin_layout Standard
12538 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12540 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12541 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12547 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12553 File formats ! PostScript
12561 \begin_layout Standard
12562 This file type has the extension
12563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12575 PostScript was developed by the company
12579 as printer language.
12580 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12582 PostScript can be seen as
12583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12586 programming language
12587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12590 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12595 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12605 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12615 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12618 \begin_layout Standard
12619 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12623 Encapsulated PostScript
12624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12627 (EPS, file extension
12628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12640 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12641 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12642 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12643 whenever you view or export your document.
12644 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12645 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12646 EPS to avoid this problem.
12649 \begin_layout Standard
12650 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12652 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12653 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12659 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12683 \begin_layout Standard
12684 This file type has the extension
12685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12701 Portable Document Format
12702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12705 (PDF) is developed by
12709 as derivative from PostScript.
12710 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12719 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12720 looks exactly the same.
12723 \begin_layout Standard
12724 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12728 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12732 (JPG, file extension
12733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12760 Portable Network Graphics
12761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12764 (PNG, file extension
12765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12777 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12778 in the background to one of these formats.
12779 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12780 will slow down your workflow.
12781 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12784 \begin_layout Standard
12785 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12787 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12790 in three different ways:
12793 \begin_layout Description
12794 PDF This uses the program
12798 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12799 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12803 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12804 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12807 \begin_layout Description
12809 \begin_inset space ~
12812 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12816 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12820 \begin_layout Description
12822 \begin_inset space ~
12825 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12829 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12832 \begin_layout Standard
12833 We recommend to use
12836 \begin_inset space ~
12845 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12851 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12854 \begin_layout Subsection
12859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12868 \begin_layout Standard
12869 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12870 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
12874 and choose a file type.
12875 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
12878 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12881 you can use the toolbar button
12882 \begin_inset Graphics
12883 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
12890 arg "buffer-view dvi"
12895 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12897 \begin_inset space ~
12903 \begin_inset Graphics
12904 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
12910 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12914 \begin_inset Graphics
12915 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
12922 arg "buffer-view ps"
12928 \begin_layout Standard
12929 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
12930 viewer window using the menu
12932 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12938 \begin_layout Standard
12939 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
12941 To have a real output, export your document.
12944 \begin_layout Subsection
12945 Printing the File from within LyX
12946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12948 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
12955 \begin_layout Standard
12956 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
12957 it directly from within LyX.
12958 To print a file, select the menu
12960 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12963 or click on the toolbar button
12964 \begin_inset Graphics
12965 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
12970 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
12971 This file is then processed by the program
12975 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
12980 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
12983 \begin_layout Standard
12984 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12985 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
12986 printing one set to print on the other side.
12987 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12988 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12989 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12992 \begin_layout Standard
12993 You can set the parameters in the
12996 \begin_inset space ~
13004 \begin_layout Labeling
13005 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13010 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13015 Note that this printer name is for the program
13024 has to be configured for this printer name.
13025 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13026 \begin_inset space ~
13030 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13032 reference "sub:Printer"
13041 The printer should understand PostScript.
13044 \begin_layout Labeling
13045 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13050 The name of a file to print to.
13051 The output will be a PostScript file.
13052 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13056 \begin_layout Section
13057 A few Words about Typography
13061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13070 \begin_layout Subsection
13075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13084 \begin_layout Standard
13086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13097 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13112 \begin_layout Enumerate
13114 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13118 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13136 \begin_layout Enumerate
13138 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13142 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13173 \begin_layout Enumerate
13175 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13179 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13223 \begin_layout Enumerate
13225 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13229 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13233 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13251 \begin_layout Standard
13252 You generate them by inserting the
13253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13264 character multiple times in a row.
13265 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13266 final output, but not in LyX.
13269 \begin_layout Standard
13270 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13271 math mode and has a length of its own.
13272 Here are some examples of the
13273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13287 \begin_layout Enumerate
13288 line- and page-breaks
13289 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13299 \begin_layout Enumerate
13301 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13311 \begin_layout Enumerate
13312 Oh --- there's a dash.
13313 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13323 \begin_layout Enumerate
13324 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13328 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13338 \begin_layout Subsection
13343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13352 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13359 \begin_layout Standard
13360 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13361 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13370 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13375 following the rules of the document language
13379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13380 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13388 \begin_inset space ~
13392 \begin_inset space ~
13399 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13410 \begin_layout Standard
13411 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13416 and with unusual constructs, like
13417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13425 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13426 This is done with the menu
13428 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13429 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13431 \begin_inset space ~
13437 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13438 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13441 \begin_layout Standard
13442 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13443 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13444 a hyphen and a space in the form
13445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13453 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13461 as hyphenation possibility.
13462 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13463 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13464 of the LaTeX-box-command
13470 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13471 As LyX doesn't support
13477 , we have to use TeX Code.
13478 The result looks in LyX like:
13481 \begin_layout Standard
13482 \begin_inset Graphics
13483 filename clipart/mbox.png
13490 \begin_layout Standard
13491 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13492 \begin_inset space ~
13496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13498 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13505 \begin_layout Subsection
13510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13519 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13520 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13521 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13523 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13530 \begin_layout Standard
13531 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13532 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13533 LaTeX then adds the
13534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13537 appropriate amount of space
13538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13542 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13544 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13547 \begin_layout Standard
13548 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13562 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13563 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13566 \begin_layout Standard
13567 Here are some examples of
13571 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13574 \begin_layout Itemize
13579 \begin_layout Itemize
13584 \begin_layout Standard
13585 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13588 \begin_layout Itemize
13590 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13594 this is too much space!
13597 \begin_layout Itemize
13602 \begin_layout Standard
13603 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13606 \begin_layout Standard
13607 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13610 \begin_layout Enumerate
13614 \begin_inset space ~
13619 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13620 \begin_inset space ~
13624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13626 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13635 Spaces ! inter-word
13643 \begin_layout Enumerate
13647 \begin_inset space ~
13652 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13653 \begin_inset space ~
13657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13659 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13676 \begin_layout Enumerate
13680 \begin_inset space ~
13684 \begin_inset space ~
13688 \begin_inset space ~
13695 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13697 \begin_inset space ~
13702 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13703 This function is also bound to
13706 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
13712 \begin_layout Standard
13713 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13716 \begin_layout Itemize
13718 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13722 \begin_inset space \space{}
13725 this is too much space!
13728 \begin_layout Itemize
13729 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13733 \begin_layout Standard
13734 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13735 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13736 LaTeX will care about this.
13739 \begin_layout Standard
13740 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13744 \begin_inset space ~
13749 feature described in section
13755 Additional Features
13760 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13766 Typography ! Quotes
13775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13806 \begin_layout Standard
13807 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13808 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13809 and use a closing quote at the end.
13811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13819 The keyboard character,
13823 , generates this automatically.
13826 \begin_layout Standard
13827 You can change the behavior of the
13831 key using the submenu
13837 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13845 Document ! Settings
13853 \begin_layout Standard
13854 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13859 There are six choices:
13862 \begin_layout Labeling
13863 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13875 Use quotes like this
13876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13884 \begin_inset Quotes els
13888 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13894 \begin_layout Labeling
13895 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13898 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13902 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13908 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13912 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13916 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13922 \begin_layout Labeling
13923 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13926 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13930 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13936 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13940 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13944 \begin_inset Quotes gls
13948 \begin_inset Quotes grs
13954 \begin_layout Labeling
13955 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13958 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13962 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13968 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13972 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13976 \begin_inset Quotes pls
13980 \begin_inset Quotes prs
13986 \begin_layout Labeling
13987 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13990 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13994 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14000 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14004 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14008 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14012 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14018 \begin_layout Labeling
14019 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14022 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14026 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14032 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14036 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14040 \begin_inset Quotes als
14044 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14050 \begin_layout Standard
14051 These settings affects what character the
14058 \begin_layout Subsection
14063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14064 Typography ! Ligatures
14073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14102 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14104 name "sub:Ligatures"
14111 \begin_layout Standard
14112 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14113 print them as single characters.
14114 These groups are known as
14119 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14121 Here are the standard ligatures:
14124 \begin_layout Itemize
14128 \begin_layout Itemize
14132 \begin_layout Itemize
14136 \begin_layout Itemize
14140 \begin_layout Itemize
14144 \begin_layout Standard
14145 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14148 \begin_layout Standard
14149 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14150 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14158 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14174 To break a ligature, use
14176 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14177 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14179 \begin_inset space ~
14186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14197 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14214 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14222 \begin_layout Subsection
14227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14234 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14236 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14243 \begin_layout Standard
14244 You have surely noticed, that the word
14245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14252 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14253 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14254 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14274 \begin_inset Note Note
14277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14278 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14286 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14287 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14292 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14296 \begin_layout Description
14297 LyX The name of the game, write
14298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14319 \begin_layout Description
14320 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14342 \begin_layout Description
14343 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14365 \begin_layout Description
14366 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14388 \begin_layout Standard
14389 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14394 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14402 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14403 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14404 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14407 : The actual version is
14408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14415 , the previous one was
14416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14426 \begin_layout Standard
14427 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14428 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14432 \begin_inset space \space{}
14435 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14437 This will look in LyX like:
14438 \begin_inset Graphics
14439 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14445 \begin_inset Newline newline
14448 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14449 \begin_inset space ~
14453 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14455 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14462 \begin_layout Subsection
14467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14476 \begin_layout Standard
14477 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14478 space between two words.
14479 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14489 for units use the menu
14491 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14492 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14494 \begin_inset space ~
14502 arg "space-insert thin"
14508 \begin_layout Standard
14509 Here's an example to show the differences:
14512 \begin_layout Standard
14513 \begin_inset Tabular
14514 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14516 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14517 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14524 \begin_inset space ~
14528 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14540 space between number and unit
14547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14552 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14556 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14568 half space between number and unit
14581 \begin_layout Subsection
14586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14587 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14595 \begin_layout Standard
14596 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14598 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14599 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14600 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14601 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14602 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14603 These bits of text became known as
14614 \begin_layout Standard
14615 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14616 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14617 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14618 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14619 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14620 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14621 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14624 \begin_layout Standard
14625 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14626 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14627 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14628 \begin_inset space ~
14632 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14634 key "latexcompanion"
14639 \begin_inset space ~
14643 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14649 ] may have more information.
14650 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14653 \begin_layout Chapter
14654 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14655 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14657 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14664 \begin_layout Standard
14665 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14670 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14673 \begin_layout Section
14678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14685 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14694 \begin_layout Standard
14695 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14698 \begin_layout Description
14700 \begin_inset space ~
14703 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14704 \begin_inset Newline newline
14708 \begin_inset Note Note
14711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14712 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14720 \begin_layout Description
14721 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14722 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14724 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14725 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14726 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14729 \begin_inset Newline newline
14733 \begin_inset Note Comment
14736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14737 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14745 \begin_layout Description
14747 \begin_inset space ~
14750 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14751 \begin_inset Newline newline
14755 \begin_inset Newline newline
14759 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14768 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14769 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14770 How this can be done is explained in the
14779 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14785 \begin_inset Newline newline
14789 \begin_inset Newline newline
14792 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14793 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14796 \begin_layout Standard
14797 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14798 \begin_inset Graphics
14799 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14801 scaleBeforeRotation
14807 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14811 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14814 \begin_layout Section
14819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14826 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14828 name "sec:Footnotes"
14835 \begin_layout Standard
14836 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14839 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14842 or the toolbar button
14843 \begin_inset Graphics
14844 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14857 \begin_inset Graphics
14858 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
14867 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
14877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14896 label, the box will
14900 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
14901 Clicking on the box label again, will close
14914 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
14930 \begin_layout Standard
14931 Here's an example footnote:
14939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14940 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
14948 \begin_layout Standard
14949 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
14950 position where the footnote box is placed.
14951 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
14952 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
14953 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
14954 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
14955 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
14960 ey are described in the
14967 \begin_layout Section
14972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14979 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14981 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
14988 \begin_layout Standard
14989 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
14990 When you insert a margin note via the menu
14992 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14994 \begin_inset space ~
14999 or the toolbar button
15000 \begin_inset Graphics
15001 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15028 appearing within your text.
15029 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15038 \begin_layout Standard
15039 At the side is an example marginal note.
15043 \begin_inset Marginal
15046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15047 This is a marginal note.
15055 \begin_layout Standard
15056 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15057 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15058 pages, right on odd pages.
15061 \begin_layout Section
15062 Graphics and Images
15066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15083 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15085 name "sec:Graphics"
15092 \begin_layout Standard
15093 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15094 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15095 \begin_inset Graphics
15096 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15102 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15106 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15109 \begin_layout Standard
15110 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15115 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15116 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15118 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15119 \begin_inset space ~
15123 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15125 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15132 \begin_layout Standard
15137 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15138 of the image in the output.
15139 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15143 \begin_inset space ~
15147 \begin_inset space ~
15156 \begin_inset space ~
15160 \begin_inset space ~
15164 \begin_inset space ~
15169 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15170 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15178 \begin_layout Standard
15181 LaTeX and LyX options
15183 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15184 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15188 \begin_inset space ~
15193 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15194 with the image size is printed.
15198 \begin_inset space ~
15202 \begin_inset space ~
15206 \begin_inset space ~
15211 is explained in the
15222 \begin_layout Standard
15223 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15224 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15226 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15230 \begin_layout Standard
15232 \begin_inset Graphics
15233 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15235 rotateOrigin center
15242 \begin_layout Standard
15243 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15244 the image into a float, see section
15245 \begin_inset space ~
15249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15251 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15258 \begin_layout Subsection
15263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15270 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15272 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15279 \begin_layout Standard
15280 You can insert images in any known file format.
15281 But as we explained in section
15282 \begin_inset space ~
15286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15288 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15292 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15293 LyX uses therefore the program
15297 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15298 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15299 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15300 \begin_inset space ~
15304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15306 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15313 \begin_layout Standard
15314 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15317 \begin_layout Description
15319 \begin_inset space ~
15322 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15323 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15324 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15328 Graphics Interchange Format
15329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15332 (GIF, file extension
15333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15380 Portable Network Graphics
15381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15384 (PNG, file extension
15385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15432 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15436 (JPG, file extension
15437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15495 \begin_layout Description
15497 \begin_inset space ~
15500 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15502 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15503 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15504 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15505 \begin_inset Newline newline
15508 Scalable image formats can be
15509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15512 Scalable Vector Graphics
15513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15516 (SVG, file extension
15517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15564 Encapsulated PostScript
15565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15568 (EPS, file extension
15569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15616 Portable Document Format
15617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15620 (PDF, file extension
15621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15643 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15644 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15645 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15651 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15659 \begin_layout Standard
15660 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15664 \begin_layout Subsection
15665 Grouping of Image Settings
15669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15670 Images ! Settings grouping
15678 \begin_layout Standard
15679 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15681 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15682 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15684 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15685 need to manually change each of them.
15689 \begin_layout Standard
15690 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15693 \begin_inset space ~
15697 \begin_inset space ~
15702 field in the Graphics dialog.
15703 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15704 by checking the name of the desired group.
15707 \begin_layout Section
15712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15719 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15728 \begin_layout Standard
15729 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15730 \begin_inset Graphics
15731 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15738 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15742 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15743 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15744 from the rest of the table.
15745 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15746 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15748 Here's an example table:
15751 \begin_layout Standard
15753 \begin_inset Tabular
15754 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15756 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15757 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15758 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15759 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15959 \begin_layout Subsection
15963 \begin_layout Standard
15964 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15965 brings up the table dialog.
15966 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
15967 where the cursor is placed currently.
15968 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
15969 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15970 done on all of your selection.
15973 \begin_layout Standard
15974 Additionally to the table dialog the
15977 \begin_inset space ~
15982 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
15984 It is for example currently only possible to add
15985 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15989 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15992 delete lines via the table toolbar.
15995 \begin_layout Standard
15999 \begin_inset space ~
16004 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16005 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16006 current cell respectively.
16007 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16009 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16010 of text, see section
16011 \begin_inset space ~
16015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16017 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16024 \begin_layout Standard
16025 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16031 This will merge the cells to
16035 cell, spread over more than one column.
16036 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16037 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16038 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16039 in the last row without the upper border:
16042 \begin_layout Standard
16044 \begin_inset Tabular
16045 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16046 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16047 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16048 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16049 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16050 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16061 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16070 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16146 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16181 \begin_layout Standard
16182 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16183 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16184 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16185 explained in the tables section of the
16188 \begin_inset space ~
16194 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16195 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16198 degrees counterclockwise.
16199 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16202 \begin_layout Standard
16203 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16211 Most DVI-viewers are
16215 able to display rotations.
16223 \begin_layout Standard
16228 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16233 adds lines for all cell borders.
16236 \begin_layout Subsection
16241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16242 Tables ! Longtables
16251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16260 \begin_layout Standard
16261 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16264 \begin_inset space ~
16268 \begin_inset space ~
16277 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16278 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16281 \begin_layout Description
16286 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16287 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16288 except for the first page, if
16291 \begin_inset space ~
16299 \begin_layout Description
16303 \begin_inset space ~
16308 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16309 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16312 \begin_layout Description
16317 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16318 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16319 except for the last page, if
16322 \begin_inset space ~
16330 \begin_layout Description
16334 \begin_inset space ~
16339 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16340 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16343 \begin_layout Description
16344 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16345 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16347 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16351 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16354 \begin_inset space ~
16362 \begin_layout Standard
16363 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16364 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16365 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16366 The others will then be defined as
16371 In this context, first means first in this order:
16374 \begin_inset space ~
16386 \begin_inset space ~
16392 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16395 \begin_layout Standard
16397 \begin_inset Tabular
16398 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16399 <features islongtable="true">
16400 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16401 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16402 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16403 <row endfirsthead="true">
16404 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16410 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16415 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16424 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16434 <row endfirsthead="true">
16435 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16446 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16455 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16467 <row endhead="true">
16468 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16479 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16488 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16498 <row endhead="true">
16499 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16510 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16519 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16531 <row endfoot="true">
16532 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16543 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16552 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16583 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17524 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17533 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17542 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17553 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17584 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17615 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17646 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17677 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17708 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17739 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17770 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17801 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17832 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17863 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17894 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17925 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17956 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17987 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18018 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18049 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18080 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18111 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18142 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18173 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18204 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18235 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18266 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18297 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18328 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18359 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18390 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18421 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18452 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18483 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18513 <row endlastfoot="true">
18514 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18525 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18534 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18551 \begin_layout Subsection
18556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18563 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18565 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18572 \begin_layout Standard
18573 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18574 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18575 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18576 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18580 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18581 for the cell's paragraph.
18584 \begin_layout Standard
18585 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18586 for the column in the table dialog.
18587 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18588 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18592 \begin_layout Standard
18594 \begin_inset Tabular
18595 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18597 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18598 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18599 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18619 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18688 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18744 This is longer now.
18749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18800 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18801 This is longer now.
18806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18832 \begin_layout Standard
18833 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18834 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18839 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
18840 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
18846 Selection with the mouse or with
18850 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
18851 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
18852 the selection from outside the table.
18855 \begin_layout Section
18860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18876 \begin_layout Standard
18877 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
18878 have a fixed location.
18880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18887 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
18895 \begin_inset space ~
18900 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
18901 too much notes at the page.
18904 \begin_layout Standard
18905 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
18906 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
18907 and pages without text.
18908 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
18909 , every float can be referenced in the text.
18910 Floats are therefore numbered.
18911 Referencing is described in section
18912 \begin_inset space ~
18916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18918 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18925 \begin_layout Standard
18926 To insert a float, use the menu
18928 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18932 A box with a caption that has e.
18933 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18937 \begin_inset space \space{}
18941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18945 \begin_inset space ~
18949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18952 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
18953 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
18955 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
18959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18965 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
18966 paragraph within the float.
18967 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
18968 by left-clicking on the box label.
18969 A closed float box looks like this:
18970 \begin_inset Graphics
18971 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
18976 -- a gray button with a red label.
18979 \begin_layout Standard
18980 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
18981 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
18984 \begin_layout Subsection
18988 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18994 Floats ! Figure floats
19000 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19002 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19009 \begin_layout Standard
19012 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19013 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19016 inserts a float with the label
19017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19023 \begin_inset space ~
19029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19033 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19034 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19035 This is what we did for Figure
19036 \begin_inset space ~
19040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19042 reference "cap:Platypus"
19047 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19048 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19049 This was done in Figure
19050 \begin_inset space ~
19054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19056 reference "cap:Escher"
19063 \begin_layout Standard
19064 \begin_inset Float figure
19069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19071 \begin_inset Graphics
19072 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19074 rotateOrigin center
19081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19082 \begin_inset Caption
19084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19085 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19087 name "cap:Platypus"
19091 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19104 \begin_layout Standard
19105 \begin_inset Float figure
19110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19111 \begin_inset Caption
19113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19114 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19131 \begin_inset Graphics
19132 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19134 rotateOrigin center
19146 \begin_layout Standard
19147 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19149 As described in section
19150 \begin_inset space ~
19154 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19156 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19160 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19162 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19165 and refer to it using the menu
19167 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19171 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19180 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19192 \begin_layout Standard
19193 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19194 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19195 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19196 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19198 \begin_inset space ~
19202 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19204 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19208 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19209 You can also set the images one below the other.
19211 \begin_inset space ~
19215 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19217 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19224 reference "fig:Platypus"
19228 are the subfigures.
19231 \begin_layout Standard
19232 \begin_inset Float figure
19237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19238 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19242 \begin_inset Float figure
19247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19248 \begin_inset Caption
19250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19251 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19253 name "fig:Undefinable"
19265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19266 \begin_inset Graphics
19267 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19278 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19282 \begin_inset Float figure
19287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19288 \begin_inset Caption
19290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19291 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19293 name "fig:Platypus"
19305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19306 \begin_inset Graphics
19307 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19319 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19326 \begin_inset Caption
19328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19329 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19331 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19335 Two distorted images.
19348 \begin_layout Standard
19349 Note that the caption is added to the
19352 \begin_inset space ~
19356 \begin_inset space ~
19361 as described in section
19362 \begin_inset space ~
19366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19368 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19375 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19381 Floats ! Table floats
19389 \begin_layout Standard
19390 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19392 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19393 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19397 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19400 \begin_inset space ~
19404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19406 reference "cap:Table-float"
19410 is an example of a table float.
19413 \begin_layout Standard
19414 \begin_inset Float table
19419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19420 \begin_inset Caption
19422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19423 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19425 name "cap:Table-float"
19437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19439 \begin_inset Tabular
19440 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19442 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19443 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19444 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19571 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19592 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19594 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19615 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19636 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19642 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19650 \begin_layout Standard
19651 This float type is inserted with the menu
19653 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19654 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19658 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19659 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19663 , described in section
19664 \begin_inset space ~
19668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19670 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19677 \begin_layout Standard
19678 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19686 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19692 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19695 \begin_layout Standard
19700 floatname{algorithm}{your
19701 \begin_inset space ~
19707 \begin_layout Standard
19708 to the document preamble (menu
19710 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19717 \begin_inset space ~
19723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19737 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19743 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19751 \begin_layout Standard
19752 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19760 \begin_inset Graphics
19761 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19763 rotateOrigin center
19770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19771 \begin_inset Caption
19773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19774 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19776 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19780 This is a wrapped figure.
19781 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19794 This float type is used if you want to
19795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19802 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19804 It can be inserted using the menu
19806 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19807 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19809 \begin_inset space ~
19814 if the LaTeX-package
19822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19823 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19833 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19836 \begin_inset space ~
19846 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
19849 \begin_inset space ~
19853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19855 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19859 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
19860 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19868 Available units are explained in Appendix
19869 \begin_inset space ~
19873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19875 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
19884 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
19888 \begin_layout Standard
19889 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19897 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
19898 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19902 \begin_inset space \space{}
19905 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up in
19906 the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
19907 over some other text.
19915 \begin_layout Itemize
19916 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
19917 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
19918 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
19919 breaks will appear.
19922 \begin_layout Itemize
19923 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
19924 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
19927 \begin_layout Itemize
19928 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
19929 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
19932 \begin_layout Itemize
19933 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
19936 \begin_layout Subsection
19938 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19940 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19957 \begin_layout Standard
19958 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
19959 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
19963 \begin_inset space ~
19971 \begin_layout Standard
19972 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
19973 have a multi-column document).
19974 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
19977 \begin_inset space ~
19983 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
19984 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
19991 \begin_layout Standard
19992 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
19993 format is also the same: Table
19994 \begin_inset space ~
19998 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20000 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20004 is an example of a rotated table float.
20007 \begin_layout Standard
20008 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20016 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20024 \begin_layout Standard
20025 \begin_inset Float table
20030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20031 \begin_inset Caption
20033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20034 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20036 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20050 \begin_inset Tabular
20051 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20053 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20054 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20055 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20056 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20057 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20117 \begin_layout Subsection
20119 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20121 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20138 \begin_layout Standard
20139 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20140 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20141 \begin_inset Newline newline
20147 \begin_inset space ~
20152 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20153 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20155 \begin_inset Newline newline
20161 \begin_inset space ~
20166 is used to rotate floats, see section
20167 \begin_inset space ~
20171 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20173 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20180 \begin_layout Standard
20181 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20182 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20185 \begin_inset space ~
20189 \begin_inset space ~
20197 \begin_layout Description
20199 \begin_inset space ~
20203 \begin_inset space ~
20206 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20209 \begin_layout Description
20211 \begin_inset space ~
20215 \begin_inset space ~
20218 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20221 \begin_layout Description
20223 \begin_inset space ~
20227 \begin_inset space ~
20230 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20233 \begin_layout Description
20235 \begin_inset space ~
20239 \begin_inset space ~
20242 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20245 \begin_layout Standard
20246 The order of the above option is
20251 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20255 \begin_inset space ~
20259 \begin_inset space ~
20267 \begin_inset space ~
20271 \begin_inset space ~
20276 , and then the others.
20277 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20279 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20280 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20283 \begin_layout Standard
20284 By default, each options has its own rules:
20287 \begin_layout Standard
20291 \begin_inset space ~
20295 \begin_inset space ~
20300 only floats occupying less than 70
20301 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20304 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20307 \begin_layout Standard
20311 \begin_inset space ~
20315 \begin_inset space ~
20320 : only floats occupying less than 30
20321 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20324 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20327 \begin_layout Standard
20331 \begin_inset space ~
20335 \begin_inset space ~
20340 : only if more than 50
20341 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20344 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20348 \begin_layout Standard
20349 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20353 \begin_inset space ~
20357 \begin_inset space ~
20365 \begin_layout Standard
20366 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20367 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20368 For this case you can use the option
20371 \begin_inset space ~
20377 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20379 Because the float is then no longer able to
20380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20387 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20390 \begin_layout Standard
20391 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20392 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20395 \begin_layout Standard
20396 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20398 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20400 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20407 \begin_layout Section
20412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20419 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20421 name "sec:Minipages"
20428 \begin_layout Standard
20429 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20431 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20432 \begin_inset space ~
20439 \begin_layout Standard
20440 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20442 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20446 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20447 and its alignment within the page.
20450 \begin_layout Standard
20452 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20461 height_special "totalheight"
20464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20467 This is a minipage.
20468 The text is set in an italic style.
20471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20474 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20475 another formatting.
20483 \begin_layout Standard
20484 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20487 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20491 as described in section
20492 \begin_inset space ~
20496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20498 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20503 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20509 \begin_layout Standard
20510 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20519 height_special "totalheight"
20522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20523 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20524 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20530 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20534 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20543 height_special "totalheight"
20546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20547 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20548 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20556 \begin_layout Standard
20557 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20563 \begin_layout Standard
20564 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20565 to other box types.
20566 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20577 \begin_layout Chapter
20578 Mathematical Formulas
20582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20621 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20623 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20630 \begin_layout Standard
20631 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20636 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20639 \begin_layout Section
20644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20653 \begin_layout Standard
20654 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20655 \begin_inset Graphics
20656 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20661 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20663 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20664 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20665 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20667 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20673 \begin_layout Standard
20674 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20678 \begin_inset space ~
20683 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20686 \begin_layout Standard
20687 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20688 line, like this one:
20691 \begin_layout Standard
20692 This is a line with an inline formula
20693 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20699 \begin_layout Standard
20700 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20702 \begin_inset Formula \[
20707 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20710 \begin_layout Standard
20711 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20713 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20717 \begin_inset space \space{}
20721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20734 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20735 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20739 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20742 \begin_inset space ~
20750 \begin_layout Subsection
20751 Navigating in Formulas
20755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20764 \begin_layout Standard
20765 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20766 achieved with the arrow keys.
20767 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20768 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20773 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20774 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20778 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20782 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20784 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20792 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20797 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20798 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20801 \begin_layout Standard
20806 , printed in this document as
20807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20828 \begin_inset Note Note
20831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20832 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20833 space character (visible space).
20838 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20839 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20840 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
20845 For example, if you want
20846 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
20857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20900 , since in the latter case only the
20903 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
20908 will be under the square root sign:
20909 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
20915 \begin_layout Standard
20916 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
20918 \begin_inset Formula \[
20919 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20922 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
20926 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
20927 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
20930 \begin_layout Subsection
20934 \begin_layout Standard
20935 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
20936 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
20940 and a cursor movement key to select text.
20941 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
20942 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
20943 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
20944 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
20947 \begin_layout Subsection
20948 Exponents and Subscripts
20952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20971 \begin_layout Standard
20972 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
20973 way is to use a command.
20975 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
20978 , type in a formula
20984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21000 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21006 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21010 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21031 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21040 , you have to use an extra
21044 to separate the hat and the character.
21046 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21050 \begin_inset space \space{}
21054 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21075 Subscripts are similar: To get
21076 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21099 \begin_layout Subsection
21104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21113 \begin_layout Standard
21114 Create a fraction with either the command
21121 \begin_inset Graphics
21122 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21130 \begin_inset space ~
21136 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21137 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21138 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21143 To move back up, press
21148 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21149 \begin_inset Formula \[
21150 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21152 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21159 \begin_layout Subsection
21164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21173 \begin_layout Standard
21174 Roots can be created using the
21177 \begin_inset space ~
21183 \begin_inset Graphics
21184 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21207 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21213 produces always a square root.
21216 \begin_layout Subsection
21217 Operators with Limits
21221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21238 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21240 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21247 \begin_layout Standard
21249 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21253 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21256 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21257 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21258 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21259 The sum operator will automatically place its
21260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21267 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21270 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21274 \begin_inset Formula \[
21275 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21279 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21283 \begin_layout Standard
21284 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21286 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21287 behind the operator and hitting
21295 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21296 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21298 \begin_inset space ~
21302 \begin_inset space ~
21310 \begin_layout Standard
21311 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21319 feature as addition, such as
21323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21330 \begin_inset Formula \[
21331 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21335 which will place the
21336 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21348 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21349 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21355 \begin_layout Standard
21356 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21363 Have a look at section
21364 \begin_inset space ~
21368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21370 reference "sub:Functions"
21374 for an explanation of function macros.
21377 \begin_layout Subsection
21382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21391 \begin_layout Standard
21392 Most math symbols can be found in the
21395 \begin_inset space ~
21400 under one of several categories; including
21417 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21421 \begin_layout Standard
21422 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21423 you don't have to use the
21426 \begin_inset space ~
21431 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21432 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21435 \begin_layout Subsection
21440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21449 \begin_layout Standard
21450 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21455 arg "space-insert protected"
21461 \begin_inset space ~
21467 \begin_inset Graphics
21468 filename ../images/math/space.png
21473 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21474 Here a example for the sequence
21479 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21483 \begin_inset Graphics
21484 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21489 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21490 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21491 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21492 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21497 \begin_layout Standard
21507 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21513 \begin_layout Standard
21523 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21529 \begin_layout Subsection
21534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21543 name "sub:Functions"
21550 \begin_layout Standard
21554 \begin_inset space ~
21559 contains under the button
21560 \begin_inset Graphics
21561 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21565 a number of functions, such as
21566 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21570 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21578 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21585 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21586 avoid confusions, because
21587 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21591 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21597 \begin_layout Standard
21598 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21600 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21604 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21610 \begin_layout Standard
21611 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21612 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21613 \begin_inset space ~
21617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21619 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21626 \begin_layout Subsection
21631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21640 \begin_layout Standard
21641 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21643 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21644 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21645 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21649 \begin_inset space \space{}
21653 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21656 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21657 Our example is entered by typing
21665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21678 \begin_inset space ~
21682 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21684 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21688 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21691 \begin_layout Standard
21692 \begin_inset Float table
21697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21698 \begin_inset Caption
21700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21701 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21703 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21707 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21717 \begin_inset Tabular
21718 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21720 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21721 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21722 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21806 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21860 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
21870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21914 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
21924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21968 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
21978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22022 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22076 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22130 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22184 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22238 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22283 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22304 \begin_layout Standard
22305 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22308 \begin_inset space ~
22314 \begin_inset Graphics
22315 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22319 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22323 \begin_layout Section
22324 Brackets and Delimiters
22328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22345 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22347 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22354 \begin_layout Standard
22355 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22356 For most purposes, using just the keys
22361 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22362 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22365 \begin_inset space ~
22371 \begin_inset Graphics
22372 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22377 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22379 \begin_inset Formula \[
22380 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22382 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22386 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22387 \begin_inset Formula \[
22388 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22395 \begin_layout Standard
22396 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22397 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22400 \begin_layout Standard
22401 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22402 left side and right side.
22403 If you use the option
22406 \begin_inset space ~
22411 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22412 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22413 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22414 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22417 \begin_layout Standard
22418 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22419 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22420 inside the brackets.
22421 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22426 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22429 \begin_layout Standard
22430 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22441 \begin_layout Section
22446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22455 \begin_layout Standard
22456 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22457 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22468 \begin_layout Standard
22469 \begin_inset Formula \[
22470 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22477 \begin_layout Standard
22478 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22493 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22494 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22495 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22498 \begin_layout Section
22499 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22524 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22532 \begin_layout Standard
22533 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22536 \begin_inset space ~
22542 \begin_inset Graphics
22543 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22548 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22549 Here is an example:
22550 \begin_inset Formula \[
22551 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22554 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22558 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22559 \begin_inset space ~
22563 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22565 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22570 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22571 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22572 This alignment is set in the box
22577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22625 for every column as default.
22626 For example, the sequence
22627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22638 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22639 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22640 corresponds to the relevant column.
22641 The result will look like this:
22642 \begin_inset Formula \[
22644 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22645 column & has & has\, right\\
22646 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22653 \begin_layout Standard
22654 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22657 arg "newline-insert newline"
22660 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22661 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22663 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22669 \begin_layout Standard
22670 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22671 It can be created with the menu
22673 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22674 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22676 \begin_inset space ~
22689 \begin_inset Formula \[
22693 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22700 \begin_layout Standard
22701 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22704 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22707 arg "newline-insert newline"
22711 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22716 arg "newline-insert newline"
22719 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22727 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22728 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22729 A new row is created by every further hit of
22732 arg "newline-insert newline"
22736 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22737 Here is an example:
22738 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22739 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22740 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22744 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22745 where you want to start the shift and hit
22750 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22751 position to the next column.
22752 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22753 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22754 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22755 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22762 \begin_layout Standard
22763 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22770 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22771 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22772 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22774 reference "eq:asquared"
22779 The other types are described in section
22780 \begin_inset space ~
22784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22786 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22793 \begin_layout Section
22794 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22799 Math ! Formula numbering
22808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22809 Math ! Referencing formulas
22815 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22817 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22824 \begin_layout Standard
22825 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22827 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22828 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22830 \begin_inset space ~
22838 arg "math-number-toggle"
22842 The formula number appears in LyX as
22843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22850 within parentheses.
22852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22859 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22861 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22862 the document class.
22863 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
22864 separated by a dot:
22865 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
22866 1+1=2\end{equation}
22873 arg "math-number-toggle"
22876 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
22877 You can only number displayed formulas.
22880 \begin_layout Standard
22881 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
22883 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22884 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22886 \begin_inset space ~
22890 \begin_inset space ~
22894 \begin_inset space ~
22902 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
22905 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
22906 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22908 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
22909 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
22913 To number all lines use the shortcut
22916 arg "math-number-toggle"
22922 \begin_layout Standard
22923 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22926 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
22927 A label is inserted with the menu
22929 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22932 when the cursor is in the formula.
22933 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
22934 It is recommended to use the proposed
22935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22946 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
22947 type when you have many labels in your document.
22948 We inserted in the following example the label
22949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22956 in the second line:
22957 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22958 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
22959 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
22963 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
22964 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
22966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22974 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
22976 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22978 \begin_inset space ~
22984 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
22985 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
22986 as the formula number:
22989 \begin_layout Standard
22990 This is a cross-reference to equation (
22991 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22993 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23000 \begin_layout Standard
23001 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23002 \begin_inset space ~
23006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23008 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23013 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23016 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23019 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23024 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23032 \begin_layout Section
23033 User defined math macros
23037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23044 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23046 name "sec:math-macros"
23053 \begin_layout Standard
23054 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23055 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23056 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23058 \begin_inset Newline newline
23061 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23062 \begin_inset Formula \[
23063 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23067 The general form of its solution is:
23068 \begin_inset Formula \[
23069 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p^{2}}{4}-q}\]
23076 \begin_layout Standard
23077 The macro should print the parameters
23078 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23082 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23086 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23089 like in the equation above.
23092 \begin_layout Standard
23093 A macro is created by executing the command
23096 \begin_layout Standard
23103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23126 \begin_inset space ~
23130 \begin_inset space ~
23136 \begin_layout Standard
23137 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23138 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23139 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23140 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23144 \begin_layout Standard
23145 We have three arguments and name the macro
23146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23153 , so that the command is:
23156 \begin_layout Standard
23163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23188 \begin_layout Standard
23189 This results in the following macro definition box:
23190 \begin_inset Graphics
23191 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23196 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23197 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23198 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23202 \begin_inset Note Note
23205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23206 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23207 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23215 \begin_layout Standard
23216 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23217 the math panel or commands.
23218 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23219 followed by the argument number, e.
23220 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23224 \begin_inset space \space{}
23228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23237 for the first argument.
23238 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23239 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23240 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23241 in LyX with its full size.
23242 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23243 In our example we insert the sequence
23244 \begin_inset Newline newline
23272 \begin_inset Newline newline
23277 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23280 \begin_layout Standard
23281 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23296 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23299 \begin_layout Standard
23301 \begin_inset Graphics
23302 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23309 \begin_layout Standard
23310 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23311 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23312 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23313 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23314 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23317 \begin_layout Standard
23318 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23319 to the new definition.
23320 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23321 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23325 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23329 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23333 \begin_inset Formula \[
23341 \begin_layout Standard
23342 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23346 \begin_layout Standard
23360 \begin_inset Newline newline
23367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23393 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23396 \begin_layout Standard
23397 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23398 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23399 definition box in your document.
23400 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23402 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23404 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23409 \begin_layout Section
23413 \begin_layout Subsection
23418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23427 \begin_layout Standard
23428 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23429 To set a font in a formula, use the
23432 \begin_inset space ~
23438 \begin_inset Graphics
23439 filename ../images/math/font.png
23443 , or enter its command, listed in table
23444 \begin_inset space ~
23448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23450 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23457 \begin_layout Standard
23458 \begin_inset Float table
23463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23464 \begin_inset Caption
23466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23467 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23469 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23473 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23483 \begin_inset Tabular
23484 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23486 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23487 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23519 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23546 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23573 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23606 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23633 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23660 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23694 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23721 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23755 \begin_layout Standard
23756 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23764 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23780 \begin_layout Standard
23781 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23782 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23787 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23788 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23789 Here an example where a
23790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23801 denotes the set of numbers:
23802 \begin_inset Formula \[
23803 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23810 \begin_layout Standard
23811 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23813 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23817 \begin_inset space \space{}
23829 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23833 \begin_inset Newline newline
23836 So better don't use this feature.
23839 \begin_layout Standard
23840 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23841 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23845 \begin_inset Newline newline
23848 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23854 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23855 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23861 \begin_layout Standard
23868 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23871 \begin_layout Standard
23872 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23874 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23875 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23877 \begin_inset space ~
23885 \begin_layout Subsection
23890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23899 \begin_layout Standard
23900 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23902 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23906 \begin_inset space ~
23910 \begin_inset space ~
23918 \begin_inset space ~
23924 \begin_inset Graphics
23925 filename ../images/math/font.png
23932 \begin_inset space ~
23938 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23939 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23940 Here is an example:
23941 \begin_inset Formula \[
23943 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23944 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23951 \begin_layout Subsection
23956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23965 \begin_layout Standard
23966 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23967 automatically chosen in most situations.
23985 For most characters,
23993 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23994 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23999 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24000 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
24001 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24002 \begin_inset Graphics
24003 filename ../images/math/style.png
24008 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24009 For example, you can set
24010 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24013 , which is normally in
24022 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24026 The four styles are used in the following example:
24029 \begin_layout Standard
24030 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24034 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24038 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24042 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24048 \begin_layout Standard
24049 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24050 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24052 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24054 \begin_inset space ~
24059 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24060 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24061 will be adjusted to correspond.
24062 As example a formula in the font size
24063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24073 \begin_layout Standard
24077 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24083 \begin_layout Section
24087 \begin_layout Standard
24088 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24089 the document classes and into layout modules.
24093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24099 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24100 other than the AMS classes.
24102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24104 reference "sub:Modules"
24108 for more on layout modules.
24111 \begin_layout Section
24116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24135 \begin_layout Standard
24136 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24137 (AMS) that are in common use.
24140 \begin_layout Subsection
24141 Enabling AMS-Support
24144 \begin_layout Standard
24145 Selecting the checkbox
24148 \begin_inset space ~
24152 \begin_inset space ~
24156 \begin_inset space ~
24163 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24171 Document ! Settings
24179 \begin_inset space ~
24184 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24186 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24187 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24190 \begin_layout Subsection
24192 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24194 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24203 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24211 \begin_layout Standard
24212 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24213 LyX allows you to choose between
24234 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24237 \begin_layout Chapter
24241 \begin_layout Section
24246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24253 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24255 name "sec:Cross-References"
24262 \begin_layout Standard
24263 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24264 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24266 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24267 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24268 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24271 \begin_layout Enumerate
24275 \begin_layout Enumerate
24276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24278 name "enu:Second-item"
24285 \begin_layout Enumerate
24289 \begin_layout Standard
24290 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24292 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24295 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24296 \begin_inset Graphics
24297 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24303 A grey label box like this:
24304 \begin_inset Graphics
24305 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24310 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24311 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24346 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24347 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24351 \begin_inset space \space{}
24354 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24369 \begin_layout Standard
24370 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24372 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24375 or the toolbar button
24376 \begin_inset Graphics
24377 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24383 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24384 \begin_inset Graphics
24385 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24390 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24392 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24405 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24407 Here is our cross-reference:
24410 \begin_layout Standard
24412 \begin_inset space ~
24416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24418 reference "enu:Second-item"
24425 \begin_layout Standard
24426 It is recommended to use a protected space
24430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24431 described in section
24432 \begin_inset space ~
24436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24438 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24447 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24451 \begin_layout Standard
24452 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24455 \begin_layout Description
24456 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24459 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24466 \begin_layout Description
24467 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24468 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24480 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24487 \begin_layout Description
24488 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24489 \begin_inset space ~
24493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24494 LatexCommand pageref
24495 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24502 \begin_layout Description
24504 \begin_inset space ~
24508 \begin_inset space ~
24511 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24513 LatexCommand vpageref
24514 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24521 \begin_layout Description
24523 \begin_inset space ~
24527 \begin_inset space ~
24531 \begin_inset space ~
24534 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24538 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24545 \begin_layout Description
24547 \begin_inset space ~
24550 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24551 \begin_inset Newline newline
24555 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24563 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24572 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24585 \begin_layout Standard
24586 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24587 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24589 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24593 \begin_inset space \space{}
24597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24611 \begin_layout Standard
24612 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24613 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24614 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24618 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24622 \begin_layout Standard
24623 You can only use the style
24627 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24631 is always possible.
24634 \begin_layout Standard
24635 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24636 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24637 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24638 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24639 \begin_inset space ~
24643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24645 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24652 \begin_layout Standard
24656 \begin_inset space ~
24660 \begin_inset space ~
24665 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24666 The button text changes then to
24669 \begin_inset space ~
24674 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24675 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24676 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24680 \begin_layout Standard
24681 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24682 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24683 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24686 \begin_layout Standard
24687 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24688 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24691 \begin_layout Standard
24692 References are described in detail in the
24699 \begin_layout Section
24700 Table of Contents and other Listings
24704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24721 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24730 \begin_layout Subsection
24732 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24734 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24741 \begin_layout Standard
24742 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24744 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24745 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24747 \begin_inset space ~
24751 \begin_inset space ~
24757 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24758 If you click on it, the
24762 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24763 sections in your documents.
24764 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24766 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24769 that is described in sec.
24770 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24774 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24776 reference "sec:Navigating"
24783 \begin_layout Standard
24784 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24785 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24787 \begin_inset space ~
24791 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24793 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24797 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24799 \begin_inset space ~
24803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24805 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24809 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24811 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24814 \begin_layout Subsection
24815 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24816 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24818 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24825 \begin_layout Standard
24826 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24827 You can insert them via the
24829 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24831 \begin_inset space ~
24835 \begin_inset space ~
24841 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24844 \begin_layout Section
24845 URLs and Hyperlinks
24849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24868 \begin_layout Subsection
24870 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24879 \begin_layout Standard
24880 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24882 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24888 \begin_layout Standard
24889 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24890 \begin_inset Flex URL
24893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24903 \begin_layout Standard
24904 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24910 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24914 \begin_layout Standard
24915 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24923 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24931 \begin_layout Subsection
24933 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24935 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24942 \begin_layout Standard
24943 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24945 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24948 or with the toolbar button
24949 \begin_inset Graphics
24950 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24951 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24956 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24965 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24966 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24967 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24969 name "LyX's homepage"
24970 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24974 , an Email address like this:
24975 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24977 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24978 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24983 , or a link to a file.
24986 \begin_layout Standard
24987 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25000 to the link target.
25003 \begin_layout Standard
25004 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25005 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25006 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25007 the text style dialog.
25008 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25012 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25014 name "LyX's homepage"
25015 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25022 \begin_layout Standard
25023 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25027 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25029 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25030 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25034 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25036 \begin_inset Newline newline
25044 \begin_inset Newline newline
25051 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25054 \begin_layout Section
25059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25066 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25068 name "sec:Appendices"
25075 \begin_layout Standard
25076 Appendices are created with the menu
25078 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25080 \begin_inset space ~
25084 \begin_inset space ~
25090 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25091 as appendix region.
25092 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25095 \begin_layout Standard
25096 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25097 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25098 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25099 and the subsection number.
25100 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25104 \begin_layout Standard
25106 \begin_inset space ~
25110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25112 reference "cha:Credits"
25117 \begin_inset space ~
25121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25123 reference "sub:Export"
25130 \begin_layout Section
25135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25142 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25144 name "sec:Bibliography"
25151 \begin_layout Standard
25152 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25153 You can include a bibliography database,
25157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25158 Known under the name
25159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25171 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25172 manually, using the paragraph environment
25176 , which was described in section
25177 \begin_inset space ~
25181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25183 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25188 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25189 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25193 use a bibliography database.
25196 \begin_layout Subsection
25197 The Bibliography Environment
25200 \begin_layout Standard
25205 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25207 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25216 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25218 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25227 , a short form of its title, as key.
25230 \begin_layout Standard
25231 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25233 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25236 or the toolbar button
25237 \begin_inset Graphics
25238 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25239 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25244 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25245 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25246 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25247 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25251 \begin_layout Standard
25252 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25253 with surrounding brackets.
25258 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25259 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25271 \begin_layout Standard
25274 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25277 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25279 key "latexcompanion"
25286 \begin_layout Standard
25287 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25288 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25297 \begin_layout Subsection
25298 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25303 Bibliography ! Databases
25312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25313 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25321 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25328 \begin_layout Standard
25329 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25335 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25337 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25338 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25343 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25345 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25346 your working field in a database.
25347 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25348 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25350 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25354 \begin_layout Standard
25355 The database is a text file with the file extension
25356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25367 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25368 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25369 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25371 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25376 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25377 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25378 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25379 \begin_inset Flex URL
25382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25384 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25392 \begin_layout Standard
25393 To use a database, use the menu
25395 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25400 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25413 \begin_inset space ~
25419 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25420 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25423 Add bibliography to TOC
25425 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25430 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25433 \begin_layout Standard
25434 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25446 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25447 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25448 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25450 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25456 For informations how this is done, have a look at
25457 \begin_inset Newline newline
25461 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25463 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25475 \begin_layout Standard
25476 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25479 \begin_layout Standard
25480 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25481 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25484 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25512 \begin_inset space ~
25518 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25524 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25533 \begin_layout Standard
25534 When you select the option
25536 Sectioned bibliography
25540 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25543 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25544 This and more specials are explained in detail in section
25546 Customizing Bibliographies
25559 \begin_layout Standard
25560 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25561 the two methods of creating them.
25562 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25563 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25564 We used the style file
25568 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25571 \begin_layout Subsection
25572 Bibliography layout
25576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25577 Bibliography ! Layout
25585 \begin_layout Standard
25586 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25587 For this feature you need to enable the option
25593 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25601 Document ! Settings
25611 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25612 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25613 in the previous section.
25616 \begin_layout Standard
25617 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25618 in the citation reference window.
25619 Here an example where we set the text
25620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25624 \begin_inset space ~
25628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25631 to appear after the reference:
25634 \begin_layout Standard
25636 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25639 key "latexcompanion"
25646 \begin_layout Section
25651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25667 \begin_layout Standard
25668 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25670 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25672 \begin_inset space ~
25677 or the toolbar button
25678 \begin_inset Graphics
25679 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25680 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25697 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25698 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25699 by LyX as index entry.
25702 \begin_layout Standard
25703 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25704 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25706 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25708 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25715 \begin_layout Standard
25716 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25719 \begin_layout Standard
25720 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25722 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25724 \begin_inset space ~
25728 \begin_inset space ~
25731 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25733 \begin_inset space ~
25739 A light blue box labeled
25740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25751 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25752 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25755 \begin_layout Subsection
25756 Grouping Index Entries
25760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25769 \begin_layout Standard
25770 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25772 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25773 lists under the entry
25774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25782 First we create the entry
25783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25791 \begin_inset space ~
25795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25797 reference "sub:Lists"
25802 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25803 \begin_inset space ~
25807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25809 reference "sec:Itemize"
25813 , we insert the command
25816 \begin_layout Standard
25822 \begin_layout Standard
25826 \begin_layout Standard
25832 \begin_layout Standard
25833 for the enumerated list in section
25834 \begin_inset space ~
25838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25840 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25847 \begin_layout Standard
25848 The exclamation mark
25849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25856 marks the grouping levels.
25857 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25858 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25859 If we don't have an index entry for
25860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25867 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25870 \begin_layout Subsection
25875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25876 Index ! Page ranges
25884 \begin_layout Standard
25885 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25887 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25888 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25890 \begin_inset space ~
25894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25896 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25903 \begin_layout Standard
25906 Paragraph environments|(
25909 \begin_layout Standard
25910 and another entry at the end of section
25911 \begin_inset space ~
25915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25917 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25924 \begin_layout Standard
25927 Paragraph environments|)
25930 \begin_layout Standard
25932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25955 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25956 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25957 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25958 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25959 An example is the index entry
25960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25963 Document ! Settings
25964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25970 \begin_layout Subsection
25975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25976 Index ! Cross referencing
25984 \begin_layout Standard
25985 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25986 We referred for example in the index entry
25987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25995 \begin_inset space ~
25999 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26001 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26005 ) to the index entry
26006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26013 in the same section using the entry
26016 \begin_layout Standard
26019 GIF|see{Image formats}
26022 \begin_layout Standard
26023 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26024 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26025 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26028 \begin_layout Subsection
26033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26034 Index ! Entry order
26042 \begin_layout Standard
26043 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26044 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26045 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26050 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26052 \begin_inset space ~
26056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26058 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26067 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26068 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26097 Dummy entries ! maïs
26106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26107 Dummy entries ! maître
26116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26117 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26122 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26123 order maïs, maison, maître.
26124 To achieve this, we use the command
26127 \begin_layout Standard
26130 previous entry@current entry
26133 \begin_layout Standard
26134 In our case we want to have
26135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26150 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26153 \begin_layout Standard
26159 \begin_layout Standard
26160 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26161 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26165 \begin_layout Subsection
26170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26171 Index ! Entry layout
26179 \begin_layout Standard
26180 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26187 This is an italic dummy entry
26192 You can also format the page number using the character
26193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26200 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26201 We can write for example
26204 \begin_layout Standard
26207 italic page number:|textit
26210 \begin_layout Standard
26211 to get the page number in italic.
26215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26216 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26221 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26239 \begin_inset space ~
26245 Have a look at section
26246 \begin_inset space ~
26250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26252 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26256 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26259 \begin_layout Standard
26260 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26268 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26272 to generate the index, see section
26273 \begin_inset space ~
26277 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26279 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26288 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26289 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26291 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26294 key "latexcompanion"
26306 \begin_layout Standard
26307 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26309 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26310 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26311 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26312 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26313 If so, put the following in preamble
26316 \begin_layout Standard
26328 \begin_layout Standard
26332 \begin_layout Standard
26338 \begin_layout Standard
26339 into the index entry.
26343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26344 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26349 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26350 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26351 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26354 \begin_layout Standard
26355 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26357 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26361 \begin_inset space \space{}
26364 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26365 for all index entries.
26366 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26378 documentation for details,
26379 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26381 key "makeindex,xindy"
26388 \begin_layout Subsection
26393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26402 name "sub:Index-Program"
26409 \begin_layout Standard
26410 When the index entry program
26414 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26415 generation, otherwise the program
26419 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26420 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26421 dialog, see section
26422 \begin_inset space ~
26426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26428 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26433 The available options are listed and explained in
26434 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26436 key "makeindex,xindy"
26441 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26444 \begin_layout Standard
26449 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26450 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26452 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26454 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26455 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26463 \begin_layout Section
26464 Nomenclature / Glossary
26468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26507 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26509 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26516 \begin_layout Standard
26517 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26518 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26522 \begin_layout Standard
26523 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26532 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26538 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26539 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26545 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26548 \begin_layout Standard
26549 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26550 and then use the menu
26552 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26558 \begin_inset space ~
26563 or the toolbar button
26564 \begin_inset Graphics
26565 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26566 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26583 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26586 \begin_layout Standard
26587 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26588 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26589 The second is the description of the symbol.
26592 \begin_layout Standard
26593 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26601 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26609 \begin_layout Subsection
26610 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26615 Nomenclature ! Layout
26623 \begin_layout Standard
26624 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26628 field as LaTeX-formula.
26630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26634 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26642 \begin_inset Newline newline
26650 \begin_inset Newline newline
26656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26663 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26664 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26676 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26686 \begin_layout Standard
26687 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26688 \begin_inset space ~
26692 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26694 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26701 \begin_layout Standard
26705 \begin_inset space ~
26710 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26711 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26716 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26723 in this document is:
26724 \begin_inset Newline newline
26729 dummy entry for the character
26734 \begin_inset Newline newline
26746 \begin_inset space ~
26756 font use the command
26785 \begin_layout Subsection
26786 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26791 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26799 \begin_layout Standard
26800 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26801 the symbol definition.
26802 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26803 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26806 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26807 LatexCommand nomenclature
26809 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26816 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26820 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26821 LatexCommand nomenclature
26824 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26829 They will be sorted by
26830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26856 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26859 will be sorted before the
26863 since the character
26864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26871 is considered in sorting.
26874 \begin_layout Standard
26875 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26878 \begin_inset space ~
26883 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26884 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26886 For the given example, you can insert
26890 to this field for the
26891 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26898 will be located before
26899 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26905 \begin_layout Standard
26906 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26911 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26920 \begin_layout Subsection
26921 Nomenclature Options
26925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26926 Nomenclature ! Options
26934 \begin_layout Standard
26939 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26940 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26943 \begin_layout Description
26944 refeq Appends the phrase
26945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26960 to every nomenclature entry, where
26966 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26969 \begin_layout Description
26970 refpage Appends the phrase
26971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26986 to every nomenclature entry, where
26992 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26995 \begin_layout Description
26996 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26999 \begin_layout Standard
27000 There are furthermore the options
27044 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27048 \begin_layout Standard
27049 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27050 class options list in the
27052 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27056 In this document the options
27067 \begin_layout Standard
27068 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27074 \begin_layout Standard
27075 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27076 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27081 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27084 \begin_layout Description
27094 \begin_layout Description
27097 nomrefpage Like the
27104 \begin_layout Description
27107 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27116 \begin_layout Description
27120 \begin_inset space ~
27126 \begin_inset space ~
27131 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27134 \begin_layout Subsection
27135 Printing the Nomenclature
27139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27140 Nomenclature ! Printing
27148 \begin_layout Standard
27149 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27151 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27153 \begin_inset space ~
27157 \begin_inset space ~
27160 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27164 A light blue box labeled
27165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27176 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27177 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27180 \begin_layout Standard
27181 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27190 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27198 For example, in order to change the name to
27202 , add the following line to the preamble:
27205 \begin_layout Standard
27213 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27216 \begin_layout Standard
27217 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27223 \begin_layout Standard
27224 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27225 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27228 \begin_layout Standard
27236 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27239 \begin_layout Standard
27242 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27243 \begin_inset space ~
27247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27249 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27254 The default value is 1
27255 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27261 \begin_layout Section
27266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27277 Document ! Branches
27283 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27285 name "sec:Branches"
27292 \begin_layout Standard
27293 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27294 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27295 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27296 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27299 \begin_layout Standard
27300 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27301 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27302 To create a branch, go in the
27304 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27312 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27313 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27316 \begin_layout Standard
27317 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27318 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27320 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27323 where you can choose a branch.
27324 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27327 \begin_layout Standard
27328 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27329 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27332 \begin_layout Standard
27333 \begin_inset Branch Question
27336 \begin_layout Standard
27337 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27345 \begin_layout Standard
27346 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27349 \begin_layout Standard
27350 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27358 \begin_layout Standard
27359 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27365 \begin_layout Standard
27366 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27367 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27369 For example you can define for the question branch
27373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27374 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27375 \begin_inset space ~
27379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27381 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27393 \begin_layout Standard
27403 \begin_layout Standard
27413 \begin_layout Standard
27414 and for the answer branch
27417 \begin_layout Standard
27427 \begin_layout Standard
27437 \begin_layout Standard
27438 \begin_inset Branch Question
27441 \begin_layout Standard
27445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27473 \begin_layout Standard
27474 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27477 \begin_layout Standard
27481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27509 \begin_layout Standard
27510 Now it is possible to use the commands
27514 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27521 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27524 to obtain conditional output.
27525 Here is an example formula where only the
27532 \begin_inset Formula \[
27533 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27540 \begin_layout Standard
27541 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27542 \begin_inset space ~
27546 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27548 reference "sec:math-macros"
27555 \begin_layout Section
27557 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27559 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27576 \begin_layout Standard
27581 dialog provides under
27585 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27586 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27595 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27603 \begin_layout Standard
27608 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27609 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27610 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27612 You can specify in the dialog tab
27616 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27618 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27619 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27623 \begin_layout Standard
27628 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27629 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27630 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27632 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27633 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27635 \begin_inset space ~
27638 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27639 \begin_inset space ~
27642 1 will only display the sections.
27645 \begin_layout Standard
27646 The header informations in the dialog tab
27650 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27651 Many programs are able to extract these informations to e.
27652 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27656 \begin_inset space \space{}
27659 automatically recognize who is the author and what is the PDF about.
27660 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27663 Automatic fill header
27665 is set, LyX tries to extract the header informations from your document
27666 title and author settings.
27669 \begin_layout Standard
27672 Load in fullscreen mode
27674 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27677 \begin_layout Standard
27678 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27679 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27685 For an explanation of them we refer to the hyperref manual
27686 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27695 \begin_layout Section
27696 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27697 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27699 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27706 \begin_layout Subsection
27711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27718 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27720 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27727 \begin_layout Standard
27728 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27729 constructs, but not all.
27730 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27731 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
27732 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27733 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27734 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27738 \begin_layout Standard
27739 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27741 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27743 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27745 \begin_inset space ~
27750 or by the toolbar button
27751 \begin_inset Graphics
27752 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27757 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27761 \begin_layout Standard
27762 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27763 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27764 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27771 , you can write the command part
27777 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27781 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27782 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27783 the following example:
27786 \begin_layout Standard
27787 \begin_inset Graphics
27788 filename clipart/ERT.png
27796 \begin_layout Standard
27800 \begin_layout Standard
27801 This is a line with a
27805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27828 \begin_layout Standard
27829 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27837 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27838 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27846 \begin_layout Subsection
27847 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27848 \begin_inset OptArg
27851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27868 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27870 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27877 \begin_layout Standard
27878 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27879 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27880 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27889 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27890 every time if you know the right commands.
27892 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27896 \begin_inset space \space{}
27899 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27900 the end of the day.
27901 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27902 all caption labels bold.
27903 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27905 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27908 \begin_layout Standard
27909 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27910 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27911 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27913 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27922 \begin_layout Standard
27923 As result you know that the package
27931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27932 LaTeX-packages ! caption
27938 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27940 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27946 \begin_layout Standard
27951 usepackage[options]{package name}
27954 \begin_layout Standard
27955 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27956 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27957 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27960 \begin_layout Standard
27961 In your case the package name is
27966 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27971 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27972 So you add the command
27975 \begin_layout Standard
27980 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27983 \begin_layout Standard
27984 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27989 For more commands provided by the
27993 package, have a look at its documentation,
27994 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28008 \begin_layout Standard
28009 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28011 For example if you use a
28015 class, you don't need the package
28019 , you can instead write
28022 \begin_layout Standard
28027 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28032 \begin_layout Standard
28033 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28034 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28035 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28042 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28045 \begin_layout Standard
28046 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28047 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28049 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28050 the previous section.
28053 \begin_layout Standard
28054 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28056 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28058 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28066 \begin_layout Section
28067 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28068 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28070 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28097 \begin_layout Standard
28098 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28099 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28100 to break your train of thought with
28102 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28108 \begin_layout Standard
28109 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28110 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28119 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28124 as explained below, and turn on
28127 \begin_inset space ~
28134 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28140 \begin_inset space ~
28144 \begin_inset space ~
28147 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28153 \begin_layout Standard
28154 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28156 Previews of an already loaded document are
28160 generated just by selecting the
28163 \begin_inset space ~
28168 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28171 \begin_layout Standard
28172 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28173 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28176 \begin_inset space ~
28181 check box in the insert dialog.
28182 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28186 \begin_layout Standard
28187 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28191 (on some systems named simply
28196 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28198 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28204 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28205 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28213 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28217 \begin_layout Standard
28218 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28224 \begin_layout Standard
28225 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28229 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28231 \begin_inset space ~
28236 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28237 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28239 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28240 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28241 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28242 the source view window.
28245 \begin_layout Section
28247 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28249 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28266 \begin_layout Standard
28267 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28268 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28285 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28291 can be seen as successor of
28295 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28300 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28301 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28309 \begin_layout Standard
28310 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28311 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28318 \begin_layout Standard
28321 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28324 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28325 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28326 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28327 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28328 scrolled so that it is visible.
28333 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28335 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28339 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28340 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28343 \begin_layout Standard
28344 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28347 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28351 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28352 will bring an error message.
28353 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28354 specifying a different
28356 Alternative language
28358 in preferences dialog.
28361 \begin_layout Standard
28362 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28365 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28369 \begin_layout Standard
28370 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28371 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28373 But you can use the
28376 \begin_inset space ~
28380 \begin_inset space ~
28388 \begin_layout Standard
28389 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28390 This does work with
28394 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28397 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28401 \begin_layout Standard
28406 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28409 \begin_layout Description
28411 \begin_inset space ~
28414 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28415 should consider, e.
28416 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28420 \begin_inset space \space{}
28423 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28424 This should not normally be needed.
28427 \begin_layout Description
28429 \begin_inset space ~
28432 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28433 as your personal dictionary
28436 \begin_layout Description
28438 \begin_inset space ~
28442 \begin_inset space ~
28445 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28457 \begin_layout Description
28459 \begin_inset space ~
28463 \begin_inset space ~
28466 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28468 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28475 also for the spellchecker.
28479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28480 The encodings are explained in section
28481 \begin_inset space ~
28485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28487 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28496 Only enable this if you use
28500 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28501 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28502 so this is disabled by default.
28505 \begin_layout Section
28510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28517 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28519 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28526 \begin_layout Standard
28527 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28530 \begin_layout Standard
28531 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28534 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28537 or the toolbar button
28538 \begin_inset Graphics
28539 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28540 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28541 rotateOrigin center
28546 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28550 \begin_layout Standard
28551 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28552 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28553 cases to find related words.
28556 \begin_layout Standard
28557 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28559 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28567 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28576 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28595 \begin_layout Section
28600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28611 Document ! Change Tracking
28617 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28619 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28626 \begin_layout Standard
28627 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28628 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28629 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28630 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28632 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28634 \begin_inset space ~
28637 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28639 \begin_inset space ~
28647 \begin_layout Standard
28648 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28657 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28660 \begin_inset space ~
28664 \begin_inset space ~
28677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28686 \begin_layout Standard
28687 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28700 \begin_layout Standard
28701 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28707 \begin_layout Standard
28708 \begin_inset Graphics
28709 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28716 \begin_layout Standard
28717 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28723 \begin_layout Standard
28724 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28728 \begin_layout Standard
28729 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28735 \begin_layout Standard
28736 \begin_inset Tabular
28737 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28738 <features islongtable="true">
28739 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28740 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28741 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28746 \begin_inset Graphics
28747 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28748 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28749 rotateOrigin center
28758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28764 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28766 \begin_inset space ~
28769 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28771 \begin_inset space ~
28780 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28785 \begin_inset Graphics
28786 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28787 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28788 rotateOrigin center
28797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28803 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28805 \begin_inset space ~
28808 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28810 \begin_inset space ~
28814 \begin_inset space ~
28818 \begin_inset space ~
28827 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28832 \begin_inset Graphics
28833 filename ../images/change-next.png
28834 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28835 rotateOrigin center
28844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28848 Jumps to the next change
28854 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28859 \begin_inset Graphics
28860 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28861 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28862 rotateOrigin center
28871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28877 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28879 \begin_inset space ~
28882 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28884 \begin_inset space ~
28893 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28898 \begin_inset Graphics
28899 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28900 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28901 rotateOrigin center
28910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28916 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28918 \begin_inset space ~
28921 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28923 \begin_inset space ~
28932 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28937 \begin_inset Graphics
28938 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28939 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28940 rotateOrigin center
28949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28955 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28957 \begin_inset space ~
28960 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28962 \begin_inset space ~
28971 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28976 \begin_inset Graphics
28977 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28978 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28979 rotateOrigin center
28988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28994 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28996 \begin_inset space ~
28999 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29001 \begin_inset space ~
29005 \begin_inset space ~
29014 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29019 \begin_inset Graphics
29020 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29021 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29022 rotateOrigin center
29031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29037 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29039 \begin_inset space ~
29042 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29044 \begin_inset space ~
29048 \begin_inset space ~
29057 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29062 \begin_inset Graphics
29063 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29064 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29065 rotateOrigin center
29074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29080 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29081 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29083 \begin_inset space ~
29092 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29097 \begin_inset Graphics
29098 filename ../images/note-next.png
29099 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29100 rotateOrigin center
29109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29115 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29117 \begin_inset space ~
29133 \begin_layout Standard
29134 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29140 \begin_layout Standard
29141 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29142 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29143 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29144 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29145 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29146 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29147 step to the next change.
29148 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29151 \begin_layout Standard
29152 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29153 to describe a change.
29156 \begin_layout Standard
29157 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29166 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29172 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29173 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29179 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29182 \begin_layout Section
29183 International Support
29187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29188 International support
29196 \begin_layout Standard
29197 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29198 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29199 how to set up LyX to use them:
29200 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29202 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29209 \begin_layout Standard
29210 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29211 \begin_inset space ~
29215 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29217 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29224 \begin_layout Subsection
29229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29240 Document ! Settings
29249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29250 Document ! Language
29258 \begin_layout Standard
29261 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29264 dialog lets you set
29266 the language and character encoding for your language.
29270 \begin_layout Standard
29271 Choose your language in the
29275 section of this dialog.
29283 \begin_layout Standard
29288 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29292 use language's default encoding
29294 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29295 For details about the different encoding options see section
29296 \begin_inset space ~
29300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29302 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29309 \begin_layout Subsection
29310 Keyboard mapping configuration
29311 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29313 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29320 \begin_layout Standard
29321 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29322 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29323 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29324 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29325 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29327 \begin_inset space ~
29331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29333 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29338 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29339 which one you want to use.
29342 \begin_layout Standard
29343 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29344 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29345 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29346 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29347 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29348 one to support the characters you want.
29349 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29356 \begin_layout Subsection
29360 \begin_layout Standard
29362 \begin_inset space ~
29366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29368 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29377 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29381 \begin_layout Standard
29382 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29383 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29391 \begin_layout Itemize
29392 Even if you have selected
29398 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29401 dialog, users who have only the
29405 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29409 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29410 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29411 french quotes won't show up.
29414 \begin_layout Standard
29415 \begin_inset Float table
29420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29421 \begin_inset Caption
29423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29424 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29426 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29444 \begin_inset Tabular
29445 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29447 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29448 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29449 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29450 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29451 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29452 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29453 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29454 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29455 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29456 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29457 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29458 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29459 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29460 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29461 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29462 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29463 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33876 \begin_layout Standard
33877 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33879 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33880 also the characters from
33892 \begin_layout Itemize
33901 \begin_layout Standard
33902 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33903 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33909 \begin_layout Standard
33910 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33911 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33917 \begin_layout Standard
33918 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33919 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33925 \begin_layout Standard
33926 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33927 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33933 \begin_layout Standard
33935 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33941 \begin_layout Standard
33943 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33949 \begin_layout Standard
33951 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33958 \begin_layout Itemize
33971 \begin_layout Standard
33973 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33979 \begin_layout Standard
33981 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33987 \begin_layout Standard
33989 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33995 \begin_layout Standard
33997 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34003 \begin_layout Standard
34005 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34011 \begin_layout Standard
34013 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34020 \begin_layout Standard
34021 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34022 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34023 Also make sure you're using the
34030 \begin_layout Chapter
34033 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34035 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34042 \begin_layout Standard
34043 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34044 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34045 inside the user's guide.
34048 \begin_layout Section
34053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34062 \begin_layout Standard
34067 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34068 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34071 \begin_layout Subsection
34075 \begin_layout Standard
34076 Creates a new document.
34079 \begin_layout Subsection
34083 \begin_layout Standard
34084 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34085 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34086 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34089 \begin_layout Subsection
34093 \begin_layout Standard
34097 \begin_layout Subsection
34101 \begin_layout Standard
34102 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34103 Click there on a file to open it.
34106 \begin_layout Subsection
34110 \begin_layout Standard
34111 Closes the current document.
34114 \begin_layout Subsection
34118 \begin_layout Standard
34119 Saves the actual document.
34122 \begin_layout Subsection
34126 \begin_layout Standard
34127 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34130 \begin_layout Subsection
34134 \begin_layout Standard
34135 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34138 \begin_layout Subsection
34142 \begin_layout Standard
34143 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34144 It is described in the section
34146 Version Control in LyX
34151 \begin_inset space ~
34159 \begin_layout Subsection
34163 \begin_layout Standard
34164 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34165 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34166 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34169 \begin_layout Standard
34170 When using the menu
34173 \begin_inset space ~
34177 \begin_inset space ~
34182 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34183 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34184 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34185 will start a new paragraph.
34188 \begin_layout Subsection
34190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34199 \begin_layout Standard
34200 You can export your document to various file formats.
34201 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34202 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34203 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34206 \begin_layout Standard
34207 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34209 \begin_inset space ~
34213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34215 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34222 \begin_layout Description
34226 \begin_inset space ~
34231 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34232 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34235 \begin_layout Description
34243 \begin_layout Description
34244 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34248 \begin_layout Description
34250 \begin_inset space ~
34254 \begin_inset space ~
34257 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34261 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34269 \begin_layout Description
34276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34284 \begin_inset space ~
34289 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34290 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34294 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34297 \begin_layout Description
34304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34312 \begin_inset space ~
34317 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34318 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34326 \begin_layout Description
34328 \begin_inset space ~
34331 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34339 is replaced by the version number)
34342 \begin_layout Description
34343 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34356 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34360 \begin_layout Description
34365 PDF-format using the program
34370 \begin_layout Description
34374 \begin_inset space ~
34379 PDF-format using the program
34384 \begin_layout Description
34388 \begin_inset space ~
34393 PDF-format using the program
34398 \begin_layout Description
34402 \begin_inset space ~
34410 \begin_layout Description
34414 \begin_inset space ~
34418 \begin_inset space ~
34423 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34424 and then exported as text using the program
34429 \begin_layout Description
34434 PostScript format using the program
34439 \begin_layout Description
34447 \begin_layout Standard
34452 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34453 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34459 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34462 \begin_layout Standard
34463 If one of the menu entries
34470 \begin_inset space ~
34479 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34480 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34481 \begin_inset space ~
34485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34487 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34496 Reconfiguration of LyX
34504 \begin_layout Standard
34509 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34510 the export program.
34513 \begin_layout Subsection
34517 \begin_layout Standard
34518 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34519 or send it to a printer.
34520 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34521 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34527 For more informations have a look at section
34528 \begin_inset space ~
34532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34534 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34541 \begin_layout Subsection
34542 New and Close Window
34545 \begin_layout Standard
34546 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34547 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34550 \begin_layout Section
34555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34564 \begin_layout Subsection
34568 \begin_layout Standard
34569 Described in section
34570 \begin_inset space ~
34574 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34576 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34583 \begin_layout Subsection
34584 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34587 \begin_layout Standard
34588 Described in section
34589 \begin_inset space ~
34593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34595 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34602 \begin_layout Subsection
34606 \begin_layout Standard
34607 Selects the whole document.
34610 \begin_layout Subsection
34614 \begin_layout Standard
34615 Described in section
34616 \begin_inset space ~
34620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34622 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34629 \begin_layout Subsection
34630 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34633 \begin_layout Standard
34634 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34638 \begin_layout Subsection
34642 \begin_layout Standard
34643 Described in section
34644 \begin_inset space ~
34648 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34650 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34657 \begin_layout Subsection
34662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34663 Paragraph ! Settings
34671 \begin_layout Standard
34672 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34674 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34677 \begin_layout Standard
34678 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34679 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34682 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34688 \begin_inset space ~
34696 \begin_layout Subsection
34700 \begin_layout Standard
34701 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34702 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34703 The properties of tables are described in section
34704 \begin_inset space ~
34708 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34710 reference "sec:Tables"
34714 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34715 \begin_inset space ~
34719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34721 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34728 \begin_layout Subsection
34729 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34732 \begin_layout Standard
34733 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34735 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34736 \begin_inset space ~
34740 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34742 reference "sec:Nesting"
34747 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34749 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34756 \begin_layout Section
34761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34770 \begin_layout Standard
34775 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34776 document with an external program.
34777 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34778 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34779 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34780 \begin_inset space ~
34784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34786 reference "sub:Export"
34791 You should at least see the menu entries
34798 \begin_inset space ~
34804 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34805 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34806 \begin_inset space ~
34810 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34812 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34821 Reconfiguration of LyX
34829 \begin_layout Standard
34830 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34831 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34832 \begin_inset space ~
34836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34838 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34843 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34846 \begin_layout Standard
34847 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34850 At the bottom of the
34854 menu the opened documents are listed.
34857 \begin_layout Subsection
34858 Open/Close all Insets
34861 \begin_layout Standard
34862 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
34865 \begin_layout Subsection
34866 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
34869 \begin_layout Standard
34870 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
34873 \begin_layout Standard
34874 More about math macros will be described in the
34881 \begin_layout Subsection
34885 \begin_layout Standard
34886 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34888 \begin_inset space ~
34892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34894 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34901 \begin_layout Subsection
34905 \begin_layout Standard
34906 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34907 opening a new view window.
34910 \begin_layout Subsection
34914 \begin_layout Standard
34915 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
34916 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
34917 the same document, but at different positions.
34918 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
34919 or more documents the same time.
34920 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
34927 \begin_layout Subsection
34931 \begin_layout Standard
34932 Closes a split view.
34935 \begin_layout Subsection
34939 \begin_layout Standard
34940 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
34941 that you will see nothing than your text.
34942 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
34943 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
34944 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
34947 \begin_layout Subsection
34949 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34951 name "sub:Toolbars"
34959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34968 \begin_layout Standard
34969 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34970 All toolbars and the
34973 \begin_inset space ~
34978 can be turned on and off.
34983 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34995 \begin_inset space ~
35004 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35008 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35015 \begin_layout Standard
35020 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35024 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35025 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35026 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35027 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35028 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35031 \begin_layout Standard
35032 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35033 \begin_inset space ~
35037 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35039 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35046 \begin_layout Section
35051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35060 \begin_layout Subsection
35064 \begin_layout Standard
35065 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35066 \begin_inset space ~
35070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35072 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35083 \begin_layout Subsection
35085 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35087 name "sub:Special-Character"
35094 \begin_layout Standard
35095 Here you can insert the following characters:
35098 \begin_layout Description
35099 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35100 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35101 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35102 \begin_inset Newline newline
35106 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35114 Not all characters will be visible in the
35118 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
35120 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35124 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35126 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35130 ) can display every character.
35138 \begin_layout Description
35139 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35143 \begin_layout Description
35145 \begin_inset space ~
35149 \begin_inset space ~
35152 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35153 \begin_inset space ~
35157 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35159 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35166 \begin_layout Description
35168 \begin_inset space ~
35171 Quote Inserts this quote:
35172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35175 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35177 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35187 \begin_layout Description
35189 \begin_inset space ~
35192 Quote Inserts this quote:
35193 \begin_inset Quotes els
35199 \begin_layout Description
35201 \begin_inset space ~
35204 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35208 \begin_layout Description
35210 \begin_inset space ~
35213 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35217 \begin_layout Description
35219 \begin_inset space ~
35222 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35226 \begin_layout Description
35228 \begin_inset space ~
35235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35246 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35251 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35252 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35253 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35262 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35268 \begin_inset Newline newline
35271 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35275 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35283 and this Wiki-page:
35284 \begin_inset Newline newline
35288 \begin_inset Flex URL
35291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35293 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35301 \begin_layout Subsection
35305 \begin_layout Standard
35306 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35309 \begin_layout Description
35310 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35311 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35317 \begin_layout Description
35318 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35319 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35325 \begin_layout Description
35327 \begin_inset space ~
35330 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35331 \begin_inset space ~
35335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35337 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35344 \begin_layout Description
35346 \begin_inset space ~
35349 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35350 \begin_inset space ~
35354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35356 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35363 \begin_layout Description
35365 \begin_inset space ~
35368 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35369 \begin_inset space ~
35373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35375 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35382 \begin_layout Description
35384 \begin_inset space ~
35387 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35388 \begin_inset space ~
35392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35394 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35401 \begin_layout Description
35403 \begin_inset space ~
35406 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35407 \begin_inset space ~
35411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35413 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35420 \begin_layout Description
35422 \begin_inset space ~
35425 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35426 \begin_inset space ~
35430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35432 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35439 \begin_layout Description
35441 \begin_inset space ~
35444 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35445 \begin_inset space ~
35449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35451 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35458 \begin_layout Description
35460 \begin_inset space ~
35463 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35464 \begin_inset space ~
35468 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35470 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35477 \begin_layout Description
35479 \begin_inset space ~
35483 \begin_inset space ~
35486 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35487 \begin_inset space ~
35491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35493 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35500 \begin_layout Description
35502 \begin_inset space ~
35505 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35506 text line to the page border, see section
35507 \begin_inset space ~
35511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35513 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35520 \begin_layout Description
35522 \begin_inset space ~
35525 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35526 \begin_inset space ~
35530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35532 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35539 \begin_layout Description
35541 \begin_inset space ~
35544 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35545 text page to the page border, described in section
35546 \begin_inset space ~
35550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35552 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35559 \begin_layout Description
35561 \begin_inset space ~
35564 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35565 \begin_inset space ~
35569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35571 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35578 \begin_layout Description
35580 \begin_inset space ~
35584 \begin_inset space ~
35587 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35588 \begin_inset space ~
35592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35594 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35601 \begin_layout Subsection
35605 \begin_layout Standard
35606 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35607 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35609 \begin_inset space ~
35613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35615 reference "sec:toc"
35620 The index list is described in section
35621 \begin_inset space ~
35625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35627 reference "sec:Index"
35631 , the nomenclature in section
35632 \begin_inset space ~
35636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35638 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35642 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35643 \begin_inset space ~
35647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35649 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35656 \begin_layout Subsection
35660 \begin_layout Standard
35661 To insert floats, described in section
35662 \begin_inset space ~
35666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35668 reference "sec:Floats"
35675 \begin_layout Subsection
35679 \begin_layout Standard
35680 To insert notes, described in section
35681 \begin_inset space ~
35685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35687 reference "sec:Notes"
35694 \begin_layout Subsection
35698 \begin_layout Standard
35699 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35700 \begin_inset space ~
35704 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35706 reference "sec:Branches"
35713 \begin_layout Subsection
35718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35727 \begin_layout Standard
35728 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
35729 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35740 \begin_layout Subsection
35745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35754 \begin_layout Standard
35755 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35756 \begin_inset space ~
35760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35762 reference "sec:Minipages"
35767 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35778 \begin_layout Subsection
35782 \begin_layout Standard
35783 Inserts a citation as described in section
35784 \begin_inset space ~
35788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35790 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35797 \begin_layout Subsection
35801 \begin_layout Standard
35802 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35803 \begin_inset space ~
35807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35809 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35816 \begin_layout Subsection
35820 \begin_layout Standard
35821 Inserts a label as described in section
35822 \begin_inset space ~
35826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35828 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35835 \begin_layout Subsection
35840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35851 Longtables ! Caption
35859 \begin_layout Standard
35860 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35861 Floats are described in section
35862 \begin_inset space ~
35866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35868 reference "sec:Floats"
35872 , captions in longtables are described in section
35883 \begin_layout Subsection
35887 \begin_layout Standard
35888 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35889 \begin_inset space ~
35893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35895 reference "sec:Index"
35902 \begin_layout Subsection
35906 \begin_layout Standard
35907 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35908 \begin_inset space ~
35912 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35914 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35921 \begin_layout Subsection
35925 \begin_layout Standard
35927 Tables are described in section
35928 \begin_inset space ~
35932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35934 reference "sec:Tables"
35941 \begin_layout Subsection
35945 \begin_layout Standard
35947 Graphics are described in section
35948 \begin_inset space ~
35952 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35954 reference "sec:Graphics"
35961 \begin_layout Subsection
35965 \begin_layout Standard
35966 Inserts an URL as described in section
35967 \begin_inset space ~
35971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35973 reference "sub:URLs"
35980 \begin_layout Subsection
35984 \begin_layout Standard
35985 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
35986 \begin_inset space ~
35990 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35992 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
35999 \begin_layout Subsection
36003 \begin_layout Standard
36004 Inserts a footnote, see section
36005 \begin_inset space ~
36009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36011 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36018 \begin_layout Subsection
36022 \begin_layout Standard
36023 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36024 \begin_inset space ~
36028 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36030 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36037 \begin_layout Subsection
36041 \begin_layout Standard
36042 Inserts a short title, see section
36043 \begin_inset space ~
36047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36049 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36056 \begin_layout Subsection
36060 \begin_layout Standard
36061 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36062 \begin_inset space ~
36066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36068 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36075 \begin_layout Subsection
36080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36089 \begin_layout Standard
36090 Inserts a program listings box.
36091 Program listings are explained in chapter
36093 Program Code Listings
36102 \begin_layout Subsection
36106 \begin_layout Standard
36107 Inserts the actual date.
36108 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36110 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36120 There the different methods are also compared.
36123 \begin_layout Section
36128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36137 \begin_layout Standard
36138 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36139 \begin_inset space ~
36142 of the current document.
36143 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36146 \begin_layout Subsection
36150 \begin_layout Standard
36151 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36152 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36154 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36158 \begin_inset space \space{}
36162 \begin_inset space ~
36166 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36167 \begin_inset space ~
36170 2.5 and use the menu
36173 \begin_inset space ~
36177 \begin_inset space ~
36184 \begin_inset space ~
36190 \begin_inset space ~
36194 \begin_inset space ~
36200 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36204 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36210 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36216 \begin_layout Standard
36217 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36218 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36221 \begin_layout Subsection
36222 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36225 \begin_layout Standard
36226 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36230 \begin_layout Subsection
36234 \begin_layout Standard
36235 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36236 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36237 on a cross-reference box.
36240 \begin_layout Section
36245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36254 \begin_layout Subsection
36258 \begin_layout Standard
36259 Change Tracking is described in section
36260 \begin_inset space ~
36264 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36266 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36273 \begin_layout Subsection
36278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36288 \begin_layout Standard
36289 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36291 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36294 \begin_layout Standard
36295 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36300 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36303 \begin_layout Subsection
36307 \begin_layout Standard
36308 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36309 \begin_inset space ~
36313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36315 reference "sec:Navigating"
36320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36322 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36329 \begin_layout Subsection
36330 Start Appendix Here
36333 \begin_layout Standard
36334 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36335 position as described in section
36336 \begin_inset space ~
36340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36342 reference "sec:Appendices"
36349 \begin_layout Subsection
36353 \begin_layout Standard
36354 Un/compresses the actual document.
36357 \begin_layout Subsection
36361 \begin_layout Standard
36362 The document settings are described in appendix
36363 \begin_inset space ~
36367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36369 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36376 \begin_layout Section
36381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36390 \begin_layout Subsection
36394 \begin_layout Standard
36395 Spell checking is explained in section
36396 \begin_inset space ~
36400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36402 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36409 \begin_layout Subsection
36413 \begin_layout Standard
36414 The thesaurus is described in section
36415 \begin_inset space ~
36419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36421 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36428 \begin_layout Subsection
36433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36452 \begin_layout Standard
36453 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
36454 highlighted document part.
36457 \begin_layout Subsection
36462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36471 \begin_layout Standard
36472 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36475 \begin_layout Subsection
36480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36481 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36492 Reconfiguration of LyX
36496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36513 Reconfiguration of LyX
36521 \begin_layout Standard
36522 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36523 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36524 \begin_inset space ~
36528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36530 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36537 \begin_layout Subsection
36541 \begin_layout Standard
36542 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
36543 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36549 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36556 \begin_layout Section
36561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36570 \begin_layout Standard
36571 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36575 \begin_layout Standard
36579 \begin_inset space ~
36584 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36585 found by LyX (see also section
36586 \begin_inset space ~
36590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36592 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36599 \begin_layout Section
36601 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36603 name "sec:Toolbars"
36610 \begin_layout Standard
36611 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36612 \begin_inset space ~
36616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36618 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36625 \begin_layout Standard
36626 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36627 This is described in the
36629 Additional Features
36634 \begin_layout Subsection
36639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36648 \begin_layout Standard
36649 \begin_inset Graphics
36650 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36658 \begin_layout Standard
36659 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36665 \begin_layout Standard
36666 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36683 \begin_inset Note Note
36686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36687 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36692 manual for more information.
36700 \begin_layout Standard
36701 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36707 \begin_layout Standard
36708 \begin_inset Tabular
36709 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36710 <features islongtable="true">
36711 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36712 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36718 \begin_inset Graphics
36719 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36733 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
36746 \begin_layout Standard
36747 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36753 \begin_layout Standard
36755 \begin_inset Tabular
36756 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36757 <features islongtable="true">
36758 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36759 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36760 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36767 \begin_inset Graphics
36768 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36769 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36784 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36791 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36796 \begin_inset Graphics
36797 filename ../images/file-open.png
36798 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36813 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36820 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36825 \begin_inset Graphics
36826 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36827 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36842 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36849 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36854 \begin_inset Graphics
36855 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36856 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36871 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36878 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36883 \begin_inset Graphics
36884 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36885 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36900 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36907 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36912 \begin_inset Graphics
36913 filename ../images/undo.png
36914 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36929 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36936 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36941 \begin_inset Graphics
36942 filename ../images/redo.png
36943 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36958 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36965 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36970 \begin_inset Graphics
36971 filename ../images/cut.png
36972 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36987 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36994 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36999 \begin_inset Graphics
37000 filename ../images/copy.png
37001 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37016 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37023 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37028 \begin_inset Graphics
37029 filename ../images/paste.png
37030 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37045 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37052 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37057 \begin_inset Graphics
37058 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37059 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37060 rotateOrigin center
37069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37075 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37077 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37081 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37090 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37095 \begin_inset Graphics
37096 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37097 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37110 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37112 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37114 \begin_inset space ~
37125 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37130 \begin_inset Graphics
37131 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37132 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37145 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37147 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37149 \begin_inset space ~
37160 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37165 \begin_inset Graphics
37166 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37167 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37180 Formats text using the current settings in the
37182 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37184 \begin_inset space ~
37195 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37200 \begin_inset Graphics
37201 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37202 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37217 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37218 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37220 \begin_inset space ~
37229 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37234 \begin_inset Graphics
37235 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37236 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37237 rotateOrigin center
37246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37252 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37259 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37264 \begin_inset Graphics
37265 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37266 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37267 rotateOrigin center
37276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37282 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37289 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37294 \begin_inset Graphics
37295 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37296 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37297 rotateOrigin center
37306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37310 Toggle outline window on/off,
37312 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37319 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37324 \begin_inset Graphics
37325 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37326 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37327 rotateOrigin center
37336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37340 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37346 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37351 \begin_inset Graphics
37352 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37353 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37354 rotateOrigin center
37363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37367 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37380 \begin_layout Subsection
37385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37394 \begin_layout Standard
37395 \begin_inset Graphics
37396 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37404 \begin_layout Standard
37405 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37411 \begin_layout Standard
37412 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37416 \begin_layout Standard
37417 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37423 \begin_layout Standard
37424 \begin_inset Tabular
37425 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
37426 <features islongtable="true">
37427 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37428 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37429 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37434 \begin_inset Graphics
37435 filename ../images/layout.png
37436 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37437 rotateOrigin center
37446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37456 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37461 \begin_inset Graphics
37462 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37463 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37464 rotateOrigin center
37473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37483 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37488 \begin_inset Graphics
37489 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37490 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37491 rotateOrigin center
37500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37510 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37515 \begin_inset Graphics
37516 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37517 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37518 rotateOrigin center
37527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37537 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37542 \begin_inset Graphics
37543 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37544 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37545 rotateOrigin center
37554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37564 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37569 \begin_inset Graphics
37570 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37571 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37572 rotateOrigin center
37581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37587 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37589 \begin_inset space ~
37593 \begin_inset space ~
37602 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37607 \begin_inset Graphics
37608 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37609 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37610 rotateOrigin center
37619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37625 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37627 \begin_inset space ~
37631 \begin_inset space ~
37640 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37645 \begin_inset Graphics
37646 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37647 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37662 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37663 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37670 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37675 \begin_inset Graphics
37676 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37677 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37692 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37693 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37700 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37705 \begin_inset Graphics
37706 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37707 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37722 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37729 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37734 \begin_inset Graphics
37735 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37736 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37751 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37758 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37763 \begin_inset Graphics
37764 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37765 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37780 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37787 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37792 \begin_inset Graphics
37793 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37794 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37809 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37811 \begin_inset space ~
37820 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37825 \begin_inset Graphics
37826 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37827 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37842 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37844 \begin_inset space ~
37853 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37858 \begin_inset Graphics
37859 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37860 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37875 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37882 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37887 \begin_inset Graphics
37888 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37889 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37890 rotateOrigin center
37899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37905 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37907 \begin_inset space ~
37916 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37921 \begin_inset Graphics
37922 filename ../images/note-insert.png
37923 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37938 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37939 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37941 \begin_inset space ~
37950 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37955 \begin_inset Graphics
37956 filename ../images/box-insert.png
37957 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37972 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37979 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37984 \begin_inset Graphics
37985 filename ../images/url-insert.png
37986 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38001 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38008 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38013 \begin_inset Graphics
38014 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38015 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38030 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38052 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38057 \begin_inset Graphics
38058 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38059 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38074 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38075 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38082 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38087 \begin_inset Graphics
38088 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38089 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38104 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38105 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38107 \begin_inset space ~
38116 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38121 \begin_inset Graphics
38122 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38123 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38124 rotateOrigin center
38133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38139 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38141 \begin_inset space ~
38150 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38155 \begin_inset Graphics
38156 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38157 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38158 rotateOrigin center
38167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38173 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38175 \begin_inset space ~
38184 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38189 \begin_inset Graphics
38190 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38191 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38192 rotateOrigin center
38201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38207 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38221 \begin_layout Subsection
38222 View / Update Toolbar
38226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38227 Toolbar ! View / Update
38235 \begin_layout Standard
38236 \begin_inset Graphics
38237 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38244 \begin_layout Standard
38245 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38251 \begin_layout Standard
38252 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38256 \begin_layout Standard
38257 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38263 \begin_layout Standard
38264 \begin_inset Tabular
38265 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38266 <features islongtable="true">
38267 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38268 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38269 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38274 \begin_inset Graphics
38275 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38276 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38277 rotateOrigin center
38286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38292 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38299 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38304 \begin_inset Graphics
38305 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38306 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38307 rotateOrigin center
38316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38322 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38323 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38330 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38335 \begin_inset Graphics
38336 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38337 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38338 rotateOrigin center
38347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38353 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38360 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38365 \begin_inset Graphics
38366 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38367 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38368 rotateOrigin center
38377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38383 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38384 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38391 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38396 \begin_inset Graphics
38397 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38398 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38399 rotateOrigin center
38408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38414 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38421 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38426 \begin_inset Graphics
38427 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38428 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38429 rotateOrigin center
38438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38444 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38445 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38459 \begin_layout Subsection
38463 \begin_layout Standard
38464 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38465 \begin_inset space ~
38469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38471 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38475 , the table toolbar
38479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38489 manual, the math macro toolbar in the
38496 \begin_layout Chapter
38497 The Document Settings
38498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38500 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38509 Document ! Settings
38517 \begin_layout Standard
38518 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
38519 whole document and is called with the menu
38521 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38525 You can save your document settings as default with th
38527 e Save as Document Defaults
38529 button in the dialog.
38530 This will create a template name
38538 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
38542 \begin_layout Standard
38543 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
38546 \begin_layout Section
38550 \begin_layout Standard
38551 Here you set the document class, class options, a Postscript driver, and
38553 Document classes are described in section
38554 \begin_inset space ~
38558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38560 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
38565 Some classes use some class options by default.
38566 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
38570 and you can decide to use them or not.
38571 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
38572 recommended not to touch them.
38573 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
38578 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
38579 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
38583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38584 When you want one of the following drivers
38585 \begin_inset Newline newline
38588 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
38589 \begin_inset Newline newline
38592 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
38593 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38597 \begin_inset CommandInset href
38599 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
38611 \begin_layout Standard
38612 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
38613 child or subdocument.
38614 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
38615 without its master.
38616 This way child documents are always compileable.
38617 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
38628 \begin_layout Section
38632 \begin_layout Standard
38633 Modules are explained in section
38634 \begin_inset space ~
38638 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38640 reference "sub:Modules"
38647 \begin_layout Section
38651 \begin_layout Standard
38652 The document font settings are described in section
38653 \begin_inset space ~
38657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38659 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
38666 \begin_layout Section
38670 \begin_layout Standard
38671 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
38673 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
38677 \begin_layout Standard
38678 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
38679 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
38680 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
38683 \begin_layout Standard
38684 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
38692 \begin_layout Section
38696 \begin_layout Standard
38697 A description of this menu is given in section
38698 \begin_inset space ~
38702 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38704 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
38709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38711 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
38718 \begin_layout Section
38722 \begin_layout Standard
38723 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
38724 \begin_inset space ~
38728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38730 reference "sub:Margins"
38737 \begin_layout Section
38742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38743 Language ! Encoding
38751 \begin_layout Standard
38752 The document language and quote styles are set here.
38753 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
38754 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
38755 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
38756 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
38757 known for a particular character).
38761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38762 The known commands are defined in a text file.
38763 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
38768 manual for details.
38776 \begin_layout Standard
38777 If you use the option
38781 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
38782 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
38783 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
38784 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
38785 exactly one encoding.
38786 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
38794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38795 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
38796 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
38798 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
38799 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38813 \begin_layout Standard
38814 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
38815 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
38816 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
38817 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
38818 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
38819 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
38824 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
38825 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
38826 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
38829 \begin_layout Standard
38830 Here is a list with the important encodings:
38833 \begin_layout Description
38835 \begin_inset space ~
38839 \begin_inset space ~
38843 \begin_inset space ~
38850 , but the LaTeX-package
38858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38859 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
38865 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
38866 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
38867 languages in TeX code.
38870 \begin_layout Description
38871 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
38872 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
38873 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
38876 \begin_layout Description
38878 \begin_inset space ~
38882 \begin_inset space ~
38885 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
38888 \begin_layout Description
38890 \begin_inset space ~
38894 \begin_inset space ~
38897 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
38900 \begin_layout Description
38902 \begin_inset space ~
38905 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
38908 \begin_layout Description
38910 \begin_inset space ~
38914 \begin_inset space ~
38917 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
38918 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
38921 \begin_layout Description
38923 \begin_inset space ~
38927 \begin_inset space ~
38930 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
38934 \begin_layout Description
38936 \begin_inset space ~
38940 \begin_inset space ~
38943 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
38944 ISO-8859-13 encoding
38947 \begin_layout Description
38949 \begin_inset space ~
38953 \begin_inset space ~
38957 \begin_inset space ~
38960 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
38961 \begin_inset space ~
38967 \begin_layout Description
38969 \begin_inset space ~
38973 \begin_inset space ~
38977 \begin_inset space ~
38980 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
38981 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
38984 \begin_layout Description
38986 \begin_inset space ~
38990 \begin_inset space ~
38993 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
38994 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
38995 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
38996 \begin_inset space ~
39000 \begin_inset space ~
39006 \begin_layout Description
39008 \begin_inset space ~
39012 \begin_inset space ~
39015 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39016 except of the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39017 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39018 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39019 \begin_inset space ~
39023 \begin_inset space ~
39029 \begin_layout Description
39031 \begin_inset space ~
39035 \begin_inset space ~
39038 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39041 \begin_layout Description
39043 \begin_inset space ~
39047 \begin_inset space ~
39050 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39053 \begin_layout Description
39055 \begin_inset space ~
39059 \begin_inset space ~
39062 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39065 \begin_layout Description
39067 \begin_inset space ~
39070 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39073 \begin_layout Description
39075 \begin_inset space ~
39078 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39081 \begin_layout Description
39083 \begin_inset space ~
39087 \begin_inset space ~
39090 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39093 \begin_layout Description
39095 \begin_inset space ~
39099 \begin_inset space ~
39105 \begin_layout Description
39107 \begin_inset space ~
39111 \begin_inset space ~
39114 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39117 \begin_layout Description
39119 \begin_inset space ~
39123 \begin_inset space ~
39129 \begin_layout Description
39131 \begin_inset space ~
39135 \begin_inset space ~
39138 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39147 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39152 , when using this, set the document language to
39157 \begin_layout Description
39159 \begin_inset space ~
39163 \begin_inset space ~
39166 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39170 , when using this, set the document language to
39175 \begin_layout Description
39177 \begin_inset space ~
39181 \begin_inset space ~
39184 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39193 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39198 , when using this, set the document language to
39203 \begin_layout Description
39205 \begin_inset space ~
39209 \begin_inset space ~
39212 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39216 , when using this, set the document language to
39221 \begin_layout Description
39223 \begin_inset space ~
39227 \begin_inset space ~
39230 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39234 , when using this, set the document language to
39239 \begin_layout Description
39241 \begin_inset space ~
39244 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39247 \begin_layout Description
39249 \begin_inset space ~
39253 \begin_inset space ~
39257 \begin_inset space ~
39260 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39263 \begin_layout Description
39265 \begin_inset space ~
39269 \begin_inset space ~
39273 \begin_inset space ~
39276 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39277 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39278 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39281 \begin_layout Description
39283 \begin_inset space ~
39287 \begin_inset space ~
39293 \begin_layout Description
39295 \begin_inset space ~
39299 \begin_inset space ~
39302 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39303 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39306 \begin_layout Description
39308 \begin_inset space ~
39312 \begin_inset space ~
39315 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39324 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39329 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39332 \begin_layout Description
39334 \begin_inset space ~
39338 \begin_inset space ~
39341 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39345 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39354 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39355 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39369 \begin_layout Description
39371 \begin_inset space ~
39375 \begin_inset space ~
39378 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
39386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39387 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
39392 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
39395 \begin_layout Description
39397 \begin_inset space ~
39400 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
39408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39409 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39415 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
39419 \begin_layout Description
39421 \begin_inset space ~
39425 \begin_inset space ~
39429 \begin_inset space ~
39432 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
39433 \begin_inset space ~
39439 \begin_layout Description
39441 \begin_inset space ~
39445 \begin_inset space ~
39449 \begin_inset space ~
39452 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
39453 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
39454 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
39458 \begin_layout Description
39460 \begin_inset space ~
39464 \begin_inset space ~
39468 \begin_inset space ~
39471 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
39472 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
39475 \begin_layout Section
39479 \begin_layout Standard
39480 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
39482 \begin_inset space ~
39486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39488 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
39495 \begin_layout Section
39499 \begin_layout Standard
39500 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
39508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39509 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
39522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39523 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
39529 For a further description see section
39530 \begin_inset space ~
39534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39536 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39543 \begin_layout Section
39547 \begin_layout Standard
39548 The PDF properties are explained in section
39549 \begin_inset space ~
39553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39555 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
39562 \begin_layout Section
39566 \begin_layout Standard
39567 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
39575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39576 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
39589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39590 LaTeX-packages ! esint
39595 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
39598 \begin_layout Standard
39603 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
39604 assure that you have enabled AMS.
39607 \begin_layout Standard
39612 is used for special integral characters.
39615 \begin_layout Section
39619 \begin_layout Standard
39620 The float placement options are described in section
39621 \begin_inset space ~
39625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39627 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
39634 \begin_layout Section
39638 \begin_layout Standard
39639 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
39640 The itemize environment is described in section
39641 \begin_inset space ~
39645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39647 reference "sec:Itemize"
39654 \begin_layout Section
39658 \begin_layout Standard
39659 Branches are described in section
39660 \begin_inset space ~
39664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39666 reference "sec:Branches"
39673 \begin_layout Section
39678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39688 \begin_layout Standard
39689 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
39690 to define LaTeX-commands.
39691 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
39692 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
39696 \begin_layout Standard
39697 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
39698 \begin_inset space ~
39702 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39704 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
39711 \begin_layout Chapter
39717 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39719 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39736 \begin_layout Standard
39737 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
39739 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39743 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39746 \begin_layout Section
39750 \begin_layout Subsection
39754 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39755 User Interface File
39759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39760 Customization ! of toolbars
39769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39770 Customization ! of menus
39778 \begin_layout Standard
39779 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39787 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
39796 \begin_layout Standard
39797 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39798 interface (ui) file.
39799 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39800 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39809 Both files are loaded by the
39814 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39815 files and edit the entries.
39818 \begin_layout Standard
39819 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39831 entries must be ended with an explicit
39856 and in the case of the
39857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39869 The syntax for the entries is:
39872 \begin_layout Standard
39873 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39901 \begin_layout Standard
39903 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39906 All LyX-functions are listed in
39907 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39916 \begin_layout Standard
39917 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39923 \begin_layout Standard
39924 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39926 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39929 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39933 \begin_layout Standard
39934 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39939 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39942 \begin_layout Standard
39944 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39947 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39950 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39954 \begin_layout Standard
39958 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39962 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39965 restoring of window layout and geometries
39967 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
39968 in the last LyX session.
39971 \begin_layout Standard
39974 Restore cursor positions
39976 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39980 \begin_layout Standard
39983 Load opened files from last session
39985 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39988 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39990 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39992 name "sub:Backup documents"
40000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40009 \begin_layout Standard
40014 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40017 \begin_layout Standard
40022 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40025 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40027 \begin_inset space ~
40035 \begin_layout Subsection
40040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40047 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40049 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40056 \begin_layout Standard
40057 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40060 \begin_layout Standard
40061 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40069 This section only deals with the fonts
40074 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40077 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40078 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40089 \begin_layout Standard
40090 By default, LyX uses
40094 as roman (serif) font,
40102 (depends on the system) as
40105 \begin_inset space ~
40121 \begin_layout Standard
40122 You can change the font size with the
40127 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40128 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40131 \begin_layout Standard
40136 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40137 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40139 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40142 points have the size of 1
40143 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40147 \begin_inset space ~
40151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40153 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40160 \begin_layout Standard
40165 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40166 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40170 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40171 \begin_inset space ~
40175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40177 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40184 \begin_layout Standard
40187 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40189 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40190 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40191 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40192 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40194 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40195 \begin_inset space ~
40201 \begin_layout Subsection
40206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40225 \begin_layout Standard
40226 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40227 Choose an item in the list and use the
40234 \begin_layout Subsection
40239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40240 Settings ! Graphics
40248 \begin_layout Standard
40249 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40252 \begin_layout Standard
40257 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40258 This feature is described in section
40259 \begin_inset space ~
40263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40265 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40272 \begin_layout Section
40277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40286 \begin_layout Subsection
40290 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40294 \begin_layout Standard
40297 Cursor follows scrollbar
40299 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40303 \begin_layout Standard
40306 Sort environments alphabetically
40308 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40311 \begin_layout Standard
40314 Group environments by their category
40316 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40319 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40323 \begin_layout Standard
40324 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40329 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40330 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40334 \begin_layout Subsection
40339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40350 Settings ! Shortcuts
40358 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40362 \begin_layout Standard
40363 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40364 Several binding files are available:
40367 \begin_layout Description
40368 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40371 \begin_layout Description
40372 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40383 \begin_layout Description
40384 mac.bind set of bindings for
40387 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40395 \begin_layout Standard
40396 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40400 , and bind files for special languages.
40401 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
40402 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40406 \begin_inset space \space{}
40410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40418 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40422 \begin_layout Standard
40423 Some bind-files, like
40427 , have only a small scope.
40428 When looking at the the end of the file
40432 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40435 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40439 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40448 Key Bindings ! Editing
40456 \begin_layout Standard
40457 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40458 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40459 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40462 Show key-bindings containing
40465 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40466 Insert there for example as keyword
40467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40474 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40484 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40485 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40489 that you find in the
40496 \begin_layout Standard
40498 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40502 \begin_inset space \space{}
40513 , select the function and press the
40518 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40519 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
40520 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40521 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
40522 binding and adding the different function names as semicolon separated
40524 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
40526 The binding for the function
40530 is an example for this.
40533 \begin_layout Standard
40534 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
40536 The syntax of the entries is:
40539 \begin_layout Standard
40545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40563 \begin_layout Subsection
40565 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40569 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40573 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40575 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40594 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40602 \begin_layout Standard
40603 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40604 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40606 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40610 \begin_inset space \space{}
40613 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40614 can use the keyboard map file named
40621 \begin_layout Standard
40622 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40630 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40638 \begin_layout Standard
40639 Besides this, you can specify here the
40641 Wheel scrolling speed
40644 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
40648 \begin_layout Section
40653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40672 \begin_layout Description
40674 \begin_inset space ~
40677 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40678 It is the default when you
40689 \begin_inset space ~
40697 \begin_layout Description
40699 \begin_inset space ~
40702 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
40704 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40706 \begin_inset space ~
40710 \begin_inset space ~
40718 \begin_layout Description
40720 \begin_inset space ~
40727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40733 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
40734 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
40735 \begin_inset space ~
40739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40741 reference "sub:Backup documents"
40749 will be used to save the backups.
40750 \begin_inset Newline newline
40753 The backup files have the ending
40754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40764 \begin_layout Description
40769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40776 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
40777 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
40778 \begin_inset Newline newline
40782 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40790 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
40798 \begin_layout Description
40800 \begin_inset space ~
40803 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
40806 \begin_layout Description
40808 \begin_inset space ~
40811 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
40812 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
40813 to find it on the system.
40814 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
40815 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
40817 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40821 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40824 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
40825 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
40829 \begin_layout Section
40833 \begin_layout Standard
40834 Here you can insert your name and email address.
40835 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
40837 \begin_inset space ~
40841 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40843 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40847 , to mark changes you make as yours.
40850 \begin_layout Section
40855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40856 Language ! Settings
40865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40866 Settings ! Language
40874 \begin_layout Subsection
40878 \begin_layout Description
40880 \begin_inset space ~
40883 language is the language used in new documents
40886 \begin_layout Description
40888 \begin_inset space ~
40891 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
40893 The default is the LaTeX-command
40899 that loads the package
40907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40908 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
40909 \begin_inset space ~
40913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40915 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40925 \begin_inset Newline newline
40932 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40933 the document language.
40934 A text label is for instance the word
40935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40942 at the beginning of every table-caption.
40945 \begin_layout Description
40947 \begin_inset space ~
40950 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40951 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40952 An example is the start command
40958 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40963 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40978 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40983 \begin_layout Description
40985 \begin_inset space ~
40993 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40994 command toggles the package on and off.
40997 \begin_layout Description
40999 \begin_inset space ~
41009 \begin_layout Description
41010 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41011 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41012 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41013 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41020 \begin_layout Description
41022 \begin_inset space ~
41025 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41027 When this option is not set, the
41030 \begin_inset space ~
41035 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41036 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41039 \begin_inset space ~
41047 \begin_layout Description
41049 \begin_inset space ~
41055 \begin_inset space ~
41061 When it is not set, the
41064 \begin_inset space ~
41069 is set to the end of the document.
41072 \begin_layout Description
41074 \begin_inset space ~
41078 \begin_inset space ~
41081 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41082 language will be underlined blue.
41085 \begin_layout Description
41087 \begin_inset space ~
41091 \begin_inset space ~
41095 \begin_inset space ~
41099 \begin_inset space ~
41102 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
41106 \begin_layout Subsection
41110 \begin_layout Standard
41111 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41112 \begin_inset space ~
41116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41118 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41125 \begin_layout Section
41129 \begin_layout Subsection
41131 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41160 \begin_layout Description
41162 \begin_inset space ~
41165 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41166 The name will be used when the
41171 \begin_inset Newline newline
41175 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41183 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
41192 \begin_layout Description
41194 \begin_inset space ~
41198 \begin_inset space ~
41202 \begin_inset space ~
41205 printer This option works only for the
41210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41222 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41223 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41226 \begin_layout Description
41228 \begin_inset space ~
41231 command is the command LyX
41232 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41236 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41239 LaTeX uses for printing.
41240 The default is on most systems
41247 \begin_layout Description
41249 \begin_inset space ~
41253 \begin_inset space ~
41256 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41257 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41258 of the program that provides the
41265 \begin_layout Subsection
41270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41281 Settings ! Date format
41289 \begin_layout Standard
41290 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41291 \begin_inset Newline newline
41295 \begin_inset Flex URL
41298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41300 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41306 \begin_inset Newline newline
41309 For example the format
41310 \begin_inset Newline newline
41314 \begin_inset Newline newline
41317 prints the date as day/month/year.
41320 \begin_layout Subsection
41324 \begin_layout Description
41326 \begin_inset space ~
41330 \begin_inset space ~
41333 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41336 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41337 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41339 \begin_inset space ~
41345 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41349 \begin_layout Description
41351 \begin_inset space ~
41354 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41359 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41360 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41363 \begin_layout Subsection
41368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41376 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41378 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41395 \begin_layout Description
41400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41408 \begin_inset space ~
41411 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41416 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41438 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41451 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41452 LyX sets up in the background.
41453 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41456 \begin_layout Description
41458 \begin_inset space ~
41462 \begin_inset space ~
41465 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41470 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41473 \begin_layout Description
41475 \begin_inset space ~
41479 \begin_inset space ~
41483 \begin_inset space ~
41487 \begin_inset space ~
41491 \begin_inset space ~
41495 \begin_inset space ~
41498 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
41500 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41503 dialog when changing the document class.
41506 \begin_layout Standard
41509 External Applications
41511 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41512 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
41513 manuals of the applications.
41514 Currently the following commands can be set:
41517 \begin_layout Description
41522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41530 \begin_inset space ~
41533 command Command for the program
41537 that is described in section
41543 Additional Features
41548 \begin_layout Description
41553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41561 \begin_inset space ~
41564 command Command for the program
41568 that generates the bibliography, see section
41569 \begin_inset space ~
41573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41575 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41582 \begin_layout Description
41584 \begin_inset space ~
41587 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41588 \begin_inset space ~
41592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41594 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41601 \begin_layout Description
41603 \begin_inset space ~
41607 \begin_inset space ~
41611 \begin_inset space ~
41615 \begin_inset space ~
41618 options They only have an effect when the program
41622 is used as DVI-viewer.
41625 \begin_layout Subsection
41630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41649 \begin_layout Standard
41654 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
41657 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
41659 uses the Windows path style:
41662 \begin_layout Standard
41670 \begin_layout Standard
41671 instead of the Unix path style:
41674 \begin_layout Standard
41678 \begin_layout Section
41683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41692 \begin_layout Standard
41693 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
41694 from one format to another.
41695 You can modify them or create new ones.
41696 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
41703 \begin_inset space ~
41713 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
41717 \begin_inset space ~
41722 drop-down list, modify the
41726 field, and press the
41733 \begin_layout Standard
41736 Converter File Cache
41738 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
41741 Maximum Age (in days
41744 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
41745 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
41748 \begin_layout Standard
41749 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
41750 the converter definition, is described in section
41761 \begin_layout Section
41766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41773 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41775 name "sec:File-Formats"
41782 \begin_layout Standard
41783 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
41784 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
41786 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
41794 \begin_inset space ~
41806 \begin_layout Standard
41807 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
41808 is described in section
41819 \begin_layout Section
41824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41833 \begin_layout Standard
41834 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
41835 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
41836 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
41837 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
41838 This is done by a Copier.
41841 \begin_layout Standard
41842 More about converters is described in section
41853 \begin_layout Chapter
41854 Units available in LyX
41858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41865 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41867 name "cha:Units-available-in"
41874 \begin_layout Standard
41875 To understand the units described in this documentation,
41876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41878 reference "cap:Units"
41882 explains all units available in LyX.
41885 \begin_layout Standard
41886 \begin_inset Float table
41892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41893 \begin_inset Caption
41895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41896 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41911 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41919 \begin_inset Tabular
41920 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
41922 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41923 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42019 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42023 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42047 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42051 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42074 scaled point (65536
42075 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42079 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42103 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42107 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42131 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42135 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42139 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42163 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42167 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42190 % of original image width
42197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42379 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42383 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42404 \begin_layout Chapter
42406 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42415 \begin_layout Standard
42416 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42417 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42420 \begin_layout Itemize
42423 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42426 \begin_layout Itemize
42432 \begin_layout Itemize
42438 \begin_layout Itemize
42444 \begin_layout Itemize
42450 \begin_layout Itemize
42456 \begin_layout Itemize
42462 \begin_layout Itemize
42468 \begin_layout Itemize
42471 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42474 \begin_layout Itemize
42480 \begin_layout Itemize
42486 \begin_layout Itemize
42492 \begin_layout Itemize
42498 \begin_layout Itemize
42504 \begin_layout Itemize
42510 \begin_layout Itemize
42516 \begin_layout Itemize
42522 \begin_layout Itemize
42524 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42533 \begin_layout Standard
42534 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42537 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42544 \begin_layout Bibliography
42545 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42546 LatexCommand bibitem
42553 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42556 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42561 \begin_inset Newline newline
42565 \begin_inset Flex URL
42568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42570 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42578 \begin_layout Bibliography
42579 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42580 LatexCommand bibitem
42581 key "latexcompanion"
42585 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42587 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42590 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42593 \begin_layout Bibliography
42594 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42595 LatexCommand bibitem
42600 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42603 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42606 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42609 \begin_layout Bibliography
42610 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42611 LatexCommand bibitem
42618 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
42621 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
42624 \begin_layout Bibliography
42625 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42626 LatexCommand bibitem
42638 Addison-Wesley, 1984
42641 \begin_layout Bibliography
42642 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42643 LatexCommand bibitem
42649 \begin_inset Newline newline
42653 \begin_inset Flex URL
42656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42658 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
42666 \begin_layout Bibliography
42667 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42668 LatexCommand bibitem
42674 \begin_inset Newline newline
42678 \begin_inset Flex URL
42681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42683 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
42691 \begin_layout Bibliography
42692 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42693 LatexCommand bibitem
42699 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42701 name "Documentation"
42702 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
42711 \begin_inset Newline newline
42715 \begin_inset Flex URL
42718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42720 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
42728 \begin_layout Bibliography
42729 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42730 LatexCommand bibitem
42736 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42738 name "Documentation"
42739 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
42748 \begin_inset Newline newline
42752 \begin_inset Flex URL
42755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42757 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
42765 \begin_layout Bibliography
42766 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42767 LatexCommand bibitem
42773 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42775 name "Documentation"
42776 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
42785 \begin_inset Newline newline
42789 \begin_inset Flex URL
42792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42794 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
42802 \begin_layout Bibliography
42803 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42804 LatexCommand bibitem
42810 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42812 name "Documentation"
42813 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
42817 of the LaTeX-package
42825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42826 LaTeX-packages ! caption
42832 \begin_inset Newline newline
42836 \begin_inset Flex URL
42839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42841 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
42849 \begin_layout Bibliography
42850 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42851 LatexCommand bibitem
42857 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42859 name "Documentation"
42860 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
42864 of the LaTeX-package
42872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42873 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
42879 \begin_inset Newline newline
42883 \begin_inset Flex URL
42886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42888 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
42896 \begin_layout Bibliography
42897 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42898 LatexCommand bibitem
42906 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42908 name "Documentation"
42909 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
42915 of the LaTeX-package
42923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42924 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
42930 \begin_inset Newline newline
42934 \begin_inset Flex URL
42937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42939 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
42947 \begin_layout Bibliography
42948 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42949 LatexCommand bibitem
42955 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42957 name "Documentation"
42958 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
42962 of the LaTeX-package
42970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42971 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
42977 \begin_inset Newline newline
42981 \begin_inset Flex URL
42984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42986 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
42994 \begin_layout Bibliography
42995 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42996 LatexCommand bibitem
43002 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43004 name "Documentation"
43005 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43009 of the LaTeX-package
43017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43018 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43024 \begin_inset Newline newline
43028 \begin_inset Flex URL
43031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43033 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43041 \begin_layout Bibliography
43042 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43043 LatexCommand bibitem
43049 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43051 name "Documentation"
43052 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43056 of the LaTeX-package
43064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43065 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43071 \begin_inset Newline newline
43075 \begin_inset Flex URL
43078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43080 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43088 \begin_layout Bibliography
43089 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43090 LatexCommand bibitem
43096 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43099 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43103 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43104 \begin_inset Newline newline
43108 \begin_inset Flex URL
43111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43113 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43121 \begin_layout Bibliography
43122 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43123 LatexCommand bibitem
43129 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43132 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43136 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43137 \begin_inset Newline newline
43141 \begin_inset Flex URL
43144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43146 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
43154 \begin_layout Bibliography
43155 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43156 LatexCommand bibitem
43162 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43165 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43169 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43170 \begin_inset Newline newline
43174 \begin_inset Flex URL
43177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43179 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43187 \begin_layout Bibliography
43188 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43189 LatexCommand bibitem
43195 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43198 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43202 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43203 \begin_inset Newline newline
43207 \begin_inset Flex URL
43210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43212 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43220 \begin_layout Bibliography
43221 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43222 LatexCommand bibitem
43228 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43231 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43235 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43236 \begin_inset Newline newline
43240 \begin_inset Flex URL
43243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43245 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43253 \begin_layout Bibliography
43254 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43255 LatexCommand bibitem
43261 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43264 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43268 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43269 \begin_inset Newline newline
43273 \begin_inset Flex URL
43276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43278 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43286 \begin_layout Bibliography
43287 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43288 LatexCommand bibitem
43294 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43297 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
43301 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
43302 \begin_inset Newline newline
43306 \begin_inset Flex URL
43309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43311 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43319 \begin_layout Bibliography
43320 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43321 LatexCommand bibitem
43327 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43330 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43334 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43335 \begin_inset Newline newline
43339 \begin_inset Flex URL
43342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43344 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
43352 \begin_layout Bibliography
43353 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43354 LatexCommand bibitem
43360 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43363 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
43367 about new features in
43372 \begin_inset Newline newline
43376 \begin_inset Flex URL
43379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43381 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
43389 \begin_layout Standard
43390 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43424 \begin_inset Note Note
43427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43434 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43435 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43436 bibliography is the second one:
43444 \begin_layout Standard
43445 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43446 LatexCommand bibtex
43447 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43448 options "biblio/alphadin"
43455 \begin_layout Standard
43456 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43459 \begin_layout Standard
43462 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43463 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43468 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43469 LatexCommand printindex